Agilent Technologies 8922M/S GSM Test Set Programming Reference Guide
Below you will find brief information for GSM Test Set 8922M/S. This document provides detailed information about the 8922M/S GSM Test Set. It includes the general command guidelines, a GPIB tutorial and examples, and detailed descriptions of each of the subsystems and commands for programming the device.
Advertisement
Advertisement
Agilent Technologies 8922M/S GSM Test Set
Programming Reference Guide
Agilent Part No. 08922-90212
Printed in UK
January, 1998
© Copyright 1998, Agilent Technologies. All rights reserved. Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without prior written permission is prohibited, except as allowed under the copyright laws.
Station Road, South Queensferry, Scotland, EH30 9TG, UK
Contents
1 Command Guidelines
Command Names............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-2
Programming Format Conventions ................................................................................................................................................. 1-2
If you have Agilent Technologies 8922M/S Option 010 ................................................................................................................ 1-3
Units of Measure............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-4
Measurement Subsystems............................................................................................................................................................... 1-5
Syntax Diagrams............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-5
Optional Commands ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1-6
Command Descriptions................................................................................................................................................................... 1-7
Output RF Spectrum Modulation Reference Measurement Averaging .......................................................................................... 1-8
2 GPIB Tutorial and Examples
GPIB Programming Exercises ........................................................................................................................................................ 2-2
Exercise A - Establishing a Link .................................................................................................................................................... 2-3
Example B - Controlling the Mobile .............................................................................................................................................. 2-4
Example C - Making Measurements .............................................................................................................................................. 2-6
Example D - Adding Robustness .................................................................................................................................................. 2-11
Example E - Faster Testing ........................................................................................................................................................... 2-12
GPIB Commands Used in Exercises............................................................................................................................................. 2-14
Example Programs ........................................................................................................................................................................ 2-16
Sample Output .............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-18
Program 1...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-19
Program 2...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-29
Program 3...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-40
Transient Settling Times .............................................................................................................................................................. 2-50
3 AF Analyzer Subsystem
AIN ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-4
DEMPhasis ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-4
DEMPhasis:GAIN .......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-4
DETector ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-4
DETector:PKLocation..................................................................................................................................................................... 3-5
DETector:SETTling ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3-5
ELResistor ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-5
FILTer1............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3-6
FILTer2............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3-6
GTIMe ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3-6
INPut ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-7
INPut:GAIN.................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-7
SMPoint .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-7
NOTCh:GAIN................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-7
RANGing ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 3-8
SPEaker:MODE .............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-8
SPEaker:VOLume........................................................................................................................................................................... 3-8
Contents-1
Contents
4 AF Generator Subsystem
AMPLitude ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-3
COUPling........................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-3
FREQuency..................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-3
5 Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
ACLevel .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-4
AM .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-4
DCAM............................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-4
DCFM ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-5
DCVolts........................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-5
DISTortion ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-5
FM................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-6
FREQuency..................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-6
SELect............................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-6
SINad .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-7
6 Bit Error Test Subsystem
BITS................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6-3
LOOPback:LDELay ....................................................................................................................................................................... 6-3
LOOPback:LDELay:MODE........................................................................................................................................................... 6-3
TYPE............................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-4
7 Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
BESelect.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-4
BERRor:COUNt ............................................................................................................................................................................. 7-4
BERRor:ICOunt.............................................................................................................................................................................. 7-4
BERRor:IRATio.............................................................................................................................................................................. 7-5
BERRor:RATio ............................................................................................................................................................................... 7-5
BTESted.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-5
CRC:COUNt ................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-6
CRC:ICOunt ................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-6
CRC:IRATio.................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-6
CRC:RATio ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-7
FERasure:COUNt ........................................................................................................................................................................... 7-7
FERasure:ICOunt............................................................................................................................................................................ 7-7
FERasure:IRATio............................................................................................................................................................................ 7-8
FERasure:RATio ............................................................................................................................................................................. 7-8
FLSelect .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-8
FLTYpe ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-9
IBTested .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-9
SSTatus ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-9
Contents-2
Contents
8 Cell Configuration Subsystem
ABCCh............................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-7
ABCCh:BCC .................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-7
CCHannel........................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-7
CCHannel:SDCCH8:ARFCn.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-8
CCHannel:SDCCH8:TSLot............................................................................................................................................................ 8-8
BA ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-8
CA ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-9
MA1 ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-9
MA1:IOFFset.................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-9
MA2 .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-10
MA2:IOFFset................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-10
[:GSM900]:BA.............................................................................................................................................................................. 8-10
[:GSM900]:CA ............................................................................................................................................................................. 8-11
[:GSM900]:MA1 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 8-11
[:GSM900]:MA1:IOFFset ............................................................................................................................................................ 8-11
[:GSM900]:MA2 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 8-12
[:GSM900]:MA2:IOFFset ............................................................................................................................................................ 8-12
LAI:MCCode ................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-12
LAI:MNCode................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-13
LAI:LACode ................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-13
SCELl:ARFCn .............................................................................................................................................................................. 8-13
SCELl:BCC .................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-13
SCELl:NCC .................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-14
STATe............................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-14
9 Cell Control Subsystem
AUDio:DAI:ATESt ......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-8
AUDio:DAI:NORMal ..................................................................................................................................................................... 9-8
AUDio:LOOPback.......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-8
AUDio:LOOPback:FAST ............................................................................................................................................................... 9-8
AUDio:LOOPback:FE .................................................................................................................................................................... 9-8
AUDio:LOOPback:OFF ................................................................................................................................................................. 9-9
AUDio:LOOPback:NOFE .............................................................................................................................................................. 9-9
AUDio:SPEech:CONFigure ........................................................................................................................................................... 9-9
AUDio:SPEech:EDELay .............................................................................................................................................................. 9-10
AUDio:SPEech:GAIN .................................................................................................................................................................. 9-10
AUDio:SPEech:PRBS:PATTern ................................................................................................................................................... 9-10
CALL:CONNect ........................................................................................................................................................................... 9-11
CALL:COUNt:BSYNc ................................................................................................................................................................. 9-11
CALL:COUNt:DERRor | FERRor ............................................................................................................................................... 9-11
CALL:COUNt:PAGE ................................................................................................................................................................... 9-11
CALL:COUNt:RACH .................................................................................................................................................................. 9-12
CALL:COUNt:RESet ................................................................................................................................................................... 9-12
CALL:END................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-12
CALL:LIMit ................................................................................................................................................................................. 9-12
CALL:ORIGinate ......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-13
CALL:PAGing .............................................................................................................................................................................. 9-13
CALL:RECeive............................................................................................................................................................................. 9-13
CALL:SIGNaling.......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-14
Contents-3
Contents
CALL:TCH:ARFCn ..................................................................................................................................................................... 9-14
CALL:TCH:TSLot........................................................................................................................................................................ 9-14
CALL:STATus:CALLer................................................................................................................................................................ 9-14
CALL:STATus:CIPHering[:STATe] ............................................................................................................................................. 9-15
CALL:STATus:MM[:STATe]........................................................................................................................................................ 9-15
CALL:STATus:RR[:STATe] ......................................................................................................................................................... 9-16
CALL:STATus:STATe................................................................................................................................................................... 9-16
CALL:STATus:TCH:ARFCn........................................................................................................................................................ 9-16
CALL:STATus:TCH:MALLocation ............................................................................................................................................. 9-17
CALL:STATus:TCH:MODE ........................................................................................................................................................ 9-17
CALL:STATus:TCH:TSLot .......................................................................................................................................................... 9-17
CALL:STATus:TCH:TYPE .......................................................................................................................................................... 9-17
CALL:TCHControl....................................................................................................................................................................... 9-18
CALL:TCHControl:EXECute ...................................................................................................................................................... 9-18
MODE........................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-18
MS:DRX[:STATe]......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-19
MS:DTX[:STATe] ......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-19
MS:TADVance .............................................................................................................................................................................. 9-19
MS:TADVance:MODE ................................................................................................................................................................. 9-19
MS:TLEVel ................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-20
TCH1 or TCH2:ARFCn................................................................................................................................................................ 9-20
TCH1 or TCH2:MALLocation ..................................................................................................................................................... 9-20
TCH1 or TCH2:MODE ................................................................................................................................................................ 9-20
TCH1 or TCH2:TSLot.................................................................................................................................................................. 9-21
TCH1 or TCH2:TYPE .................................................................................................................................................................. 9-21
10 Configure Subsystem
BADDress ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-7
BEEPer.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-7
BMODe......................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-7
COMPatible .................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-8
DATE ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 10-8
INTensity....................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-8
OFLevel:MODE............................................................................................................................................................................ 10-8
OFLevel:AUXin............................................................................................................................................................................ 10-9
OFLevel:AUXout.......................................................................................................................................................................... 10-9
OFLevel:RFINout ......................................................................................................................................................................... 10-9
OPERation:AUTO ...................................................................................................................................................................... 10-10
OPERation:HOLD ...................................................................................................................................................................... 10-10
PRINt:ADDRess ......................................................................................................................................................................... 10-10
PRINt:DESTination .................................................................................................................................................................... 10-11
PRINt:FFENd ............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-11
PRINt:FFSTart ............................................................................................................................................................................ 10-11
PRINt:LINes ............................................................................................................................................................................... 10-11
PRINt:PRINter............................................................................................................................................................................ 10-12
PRINt:TITle ................................................................................................................................................................................ 10-12
RADio ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-12
RFIMpedance.............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-12
ROSCillator:CALibrate .............................................................................................................................................................. 10-13
ROSCillator[:FREQuency] ......................................................................................................................................................... 10-13
Contents-4
Contents
ROSCillator:OFFset.................................................................................................................................................................... 10-13
ROSCillator:TUNing .................................................................................................................................................................. 10-13
ROUT.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-14
SPORt:BAUD ............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-14
SPORt:DATA .............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-14
SPORt:IBECho ........................................................................................................................................................................... 10-14
SPORt:PARity............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-15
SPORt:RPACe............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-15
SPORt:SIN.................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-15
SPORt:STOP............................................................................................................................................................................... 10-16
SPORt:XPACe ............................................................................................................................................................................ 10-16
TIME........................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-16
11 CW Subsystem
PMZero ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 11-2
12 CW Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FREQuency[:ABSolute] ............................................................................................................................................................... 12-3
FREQuency:ERRor....................................................................................................................................................................... 12-3
FREQuency:SELect ...................................................................................................................................................................... 12-3
POWer ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 12-4
13 DISPlay Subsystem
[:SCReen]...................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-3
BETest:MNUMber:LEFT ............................................................................................................................................................. 13-3
BETest:MNUMber:RIGHt............................................................................................................................................................ 13-3
CELL:SACCh:ACEL1.................................................................................................................................................................. 13-3
CELL:TCH[:SELect].................................................................................................................................................................... 13-4
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK................................................................................................................................................. 13-4
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK:PCS......................................................................................................................................... 13-4
DSPanalyzer:VIEW ...................................................................................................................................................................... 13-4
FREeze.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-5
MSYNc:BURSt:NUMBer ............................................................................................................................................................ 13-5
ORFSpectrum:VIEW.................................................................................................................................................................... 13-5
PULSe:VIEW ............................................................................................................................................................................... 13-6
SANalyzer:CONTrol .................................................................................................................................................................... 13-6
14 DSP Analyzer Subsystem
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:FALL......................................................................................................................................... 14-3
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:MID........................................................................................................................................... 14-3
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:RISE.......................................................................................................................................... 14-3
AMPLitude:PMZero ..................................................................................................................................................................... 14-3
AMPLitude:TIME ........................................................................................................................................................................ 14-4
DBITs:TPOLarity ......................................................................................................................................................................... 14-4
PHASe:MARKer:POSition........................................................................................................................................................... 14-4
PHASe:MIDamble........................................................................................................................................................................ 14-4
Contents-5
Contents
15 DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:AMPLitude ........................................................................................................................................................... 15-4
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:FALL ....................................................................................................................................... 15-4
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:MID......................................................................................................................................... 15-5
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:RISE ........................................................................................................................................ 15-5
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:FALL.......................................................................................................................................... 15-6
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:MID............................................................................................................................................ 15-6
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:RISE........................................................................................................................................... 15-7
[:AMPLitude]:MSUMmary .......................................................................................................................................................... 15-7
[:AMPLitude]:NPFLatness ........................................................................................................................................................... 15-8
[:AMPLitude]:PPFLatness............................................................................................................................................................ 15-8
[:AMPLitude]:PTCPower ............................................................................................................................................................. 15-8
[:AMPLitude]:TRACe .................................................................................................................................................................. 15-9
DBITs............................................................................................................................................................................................ 15-9
DBITs:TAGS................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-9
FBIT............................................................................................................................................................................................ 15-10
FMERrors ................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-10
PHASe[:ERRor]:FREQuency..................................................................................................................................................... 15-10
PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK .............................................................................................................................................................. 15-11
PHASe[:ERRor]:RMS ................................................................................................................................................................ 15-11
PHASe:MARKer:ERRor ............................................................................................................................................................ 15-12
PHASe:MARKer:TIME.............................................................................................................................................................. 15-12
PHASe:MBURst ......................................................................................................................................................................... 15-12
PHASe:MBURst:COUNt ........................................................................................................................................................... 15-13
PHASe:MBURst:DONE............................................................................................................................................................. 15-13
PHASe:MBURst:ERRors ........................................................................................................................................................... 15-13
PHASe:TRACe ........................................................................................................................................................................... 15-13
SSTatus ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-14
16 EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
BRATe........................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-3
DATA?........................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-3
DATA <data entry> ....................................................................................................................................................................... 16-4
RESet ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 16-4
TIMEout:MS:XON ....................................................................................................................................................................... 16-4
TIMEout:MS:RESPonse............................................................................................................................................................... 16-5
17 Fast Bit Error Test
BITS.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 17-3
LOOPback:LDELay ..................................................................................................................................................................... 17-3
LOOPback:LDELay:MODE......................................................................................................................................................... 17-3
FORMat ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 17-3
RFGenerator:ATSLot.................................................................................................................................................................... 17-4
Contents-6
Contents
18 Fast Bit Error Test (Measure Subsystem)
BTESted........................................................................................................................................................................................ 18-3
IBTested ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 18-3
BERRor:COUNt ........................................................................................................................................................................... 18-3
BERRor:ICOUnt........................................................................................................................................................................... 18-3
BERRor:IRATio............................................................................................................................................................................ 18-4
BERRor:RATio ............................................................................................................................................................................. 18-4
BESelect........................................................................................................................................................................................ 18-4
SSTatus ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 18-4
19 Fast TX Carrier Power (Measure Subsystem)
FTCPower[:POWer]...................................................................................................................................................................... 19-2
20 Hop Control Subsystem
ADDRess ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 20-4
ADDRess:NEXT .......................................................................................................................................................................... 20-4
ADDRess:RESet ........................................................................................................................................................................... 20-4
ADDRess:SOURce ....................................................................................................................................................................... 20-4
CTENd .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 20-5
DELete .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 20-5
INSert............................................................................................................................................................................................ 20-5
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:CTENd........................................................................................................................................... 20-6
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:DELete........................................................................................................................................... 20-6
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:FREQuency ................................................................................................................................... 20-6
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:INSert ............................................................................................................................................ 20-7
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:MODE ........................................................................................................................................... 20-7
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:SETTling ....................................................................................................................................... 20-7
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator[:TRIGger]:ASTate ......................................................................................................................... 20-8
21 IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*CLS (Clear Status) ...................................................................................................................................................................... 21-2
*ESE (Event Status Enable) ......................................................................................................................................................... 21-3
*ESR? (Event Status Register) .................................................................................................................................................... 21-4
*IDN? (Identification Number) .................................................................................................................................................... 21-5
*OPC (Operation Complete) ....................................................................................................................................................... 21-6
*OPT? .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-7
*RCL (Recall) .............................................................................................................................................................................. 21-8
*RST (Reset)................................................................................................................................................................................. 21-9
*SAV (Save) ............................................................................................................................................................................... 21-10
*SRE (Service Request Enable) ................................................................................................................................................ 21-11
*STB? (Status Byte) .................................................................................................................................................................. 21-12
*TST? (Test) .............................................................................................................................................................................. 21-13
*WAI (Wait) ............................................................................................................................................................................... 21-14
Contents-7
Contents
22 LOGGing Subsystem
DATA:FLUSh ............................................................................................................................................................................... 22-3
DATA:CLEar................................................................................................................................................................................. 22-3
PFILter .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-3
STATe............................................................................................................................................................................................ 22-4
23 Measurement Sync Subsystem
BURSt:LENGth ............................................................................................................................................................................ 23-3
BURSt:SPSPosition ...................................................................................................................................................................... 23-3
BURSt:TQUalifier ........................................................................................................................................................................ 23-3
BURSt:TYPE ................................................................................................................................................................................ 23-4
BURSt:UDSPattern....................................................................................................................................................................... 23-4
SYNC:BSELect ............................................................................................................................................................................ 23-4
SYNC:MODE ............................................................................................................................................................................... 23-5
24 Mobile Station Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MS:TERRor .................................................................................................................................................................................. 24-3
MS:TADVance .............................................................................................................................................................................. 24-3
SACCh:ACEL1:ARFCn ............................................................................................................................................................... 24-3
SACCh:ACEL1:BCC.................................................................................................................................................................... 24-3
SACCh:ACEL1:NCC ................................................................................................................................................................... 24-3
SACCh:ACEL1:RLEVel............................................................................................................................................................... 24-4
SACCh:FULL:RLEVel ................................................................................................................................................................. 24-4
SACCh:FULL:RQUality .............................................................................................................................................................. 24-4
SACCh:PARTial:RLEVel.............................................................................................................................................................. 24-4
SACCh:PARTial:RQUality ........................................................................................................................................................... 24-4
SACCh:RESet ............................................................................................................................................................................... 24-5
SACCh:TADVance........................................................................................................................................................................ 24-5
SACCh:TLEVel ............................................................................................................................................................................ 24-5
Contents-8
Contents
25 MS Information Subsystem
CIPHering:AMODe ...................................................................................................................................................................... 25-3
CIPHering:KC .............................................................................................................................................................................. 25-3
CIPHering:KI................................................................................................................................................................................ 25-4
CIPHering:RAND......................................................................................................................................................................... 25-4
CIPHering:SRES .......................................................................................................................................................................... 25-4
CIPHering[:STATe]....................................................................................................................................................................... 25-4
MS:ATTach ................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-5
MS:CMARk:PCLass?................................................................................................................................................................... 25-5
MS:CMARk:REVision? ............................................................................................................................................................... 25-5
MS:CMARk:BAND?.................................................................................................................................................................... 25-5
MS:IMEI:REQuest ....................................................................................................................................................................... 25-6
MS:IMEI? ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-6
MS:IMSI:SPAGing ....................................................................................................................................................................... 25-6
MS:IMSI? ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-6
MS:LAI:LACode? ........................................................................................................................................................................ 25-6
MS:LAI:MCCode? ....................................................................................................................................................................... 25-7
MS:LAI:MNCode? ....................................................................................................................................................................... 25-7
MS:ONUMber? ............................................................................................................................................................................ 25-7
MS:PAGPer................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-7
MS:SRES? .................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-7
[:PAGing]:IMSIdentity ................................................................................................................................................................. 25-8
[:PAGing]:TMSI:REALlocation ................................................................................................................................................... 25-8
[:PAGing]:TMSI:STATe................................................................................................................................................................ 25-8
26 OSCilloscope Subsystem
CONTrol ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-3
MARKer:NPEak ........................................................................................................................................................................... 26-3
MARKer:PPEak............................................................................................................................................................................ 26-3
MARKer:POSition........................................................................................................................................................................ 26-3
SCALe:TIME................................................................................................................................................................................ 26-4
SCALe:VERTical:AM .................................................................................................................................................................. 26-4
SCALe:VERTical:FM................................................................................................................................................................... 26-4
SCALe:VERTical:OFFSet ............................................................................................................................................................ 26-5
SCALe:VERTical:VOLTs............................................................................................................................................................. 26-5
TRIGger:LEVel............................................................................................................................................................................. 26-5
TRIGger:MODE ........................................................................................................................................................................... 26-6
TRIGger:PRETrigger.................................................................................................................................................................... 26-6
TRIGger:RESet............................................................................................................................................................................. 26-6
TRIGger:SENSe ........................................................................................................................................................................... 26-7
TRIGger:SOURce......................................................................................................................................................................... 26-7
TRIGger:TYPE ............................................................................................................................................................................. 26-7
Contents-9
Contents
27 Oscilloscope Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:LEVel:AM..................................................................................................................................................................... 27-3
MARKer:LEVel:FM ..................................................................................................................................................................... 27-3
MARKer:LEVel:VOLTs ............................................................................................................................................................... 27-3
MARKer:TIME............................................................................................................................................................................. 27-4
TRACe .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 27-4
28 Output RF Spectrum Subsystem
FREQuency:OFFSet ..................................................................................................................................................................... 28-3
MARKer:POSition........................................................................................................................................................................ 28-3
MODE........................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-4
SACalibrate ................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-4
29 Output RF Spectrum Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FBIT.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 29-3
FMERrors ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-3
MARKer:LEVel ............................................................................................................................................................................ 29-3
MARKer:TIME............................................................................................................................................................................. 29-4
[:POWer] ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-4
SSTatus ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-5
TRACe .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-6
30 PULSe On/Off Ratio Subsystem
MARKer[:POSition]:FALL .......................................................................................................................................................... 30-3
MARKer[:POSition]:RISE ........................................................................................................................................................... 30-3
MARKer:OPOSition:FALL .......................................................................................................................................................... 30-3
MARKer:OPOSition:RISE ........................................................................................................................................................... 30-4
SACalibrate ................................................................................................................................................................................... 30-4
31 Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FBIT.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 31-3
FMERrors ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-3
MARKer:LEVel:FALL ................................................................................................................................................................. 31-3
MARKer:LEVel:RISE .................................................................................................................................................................. 31-4
MARKer:TIME:FALL.................................................................................................................................................................. 31-4
MARKer:TIME:RISE................................................................................................................................................................... 31-5
OORatio:FALL ............................................................................................................................................................................. 31-5
OORatio:RISE .............................................................................................................................................................................. 31-5
SSTatus ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-6
TRACe:FALL ............................................................................................................................................................................... 31-7
TRACe:RISE ................................................................................................................................................................................ 31-7
Contents-10
Contents
32 RF Analyzer Subsystem
AGC:CALibrate ............................................................................................................................................................................ 32-4
AGC:DVALue ............................................................................................................................................................................... 32-4
AGC:MODE ................................................................................................................................................................................. 32-4
AMPLitude1 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 32-4
AMPLitude2 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 32-5
[:AMPLitude]:ACCuracy.............................................................................................................................................................. 32-5
[:AMPLitude]:CONTrol ............................................................................................................................................................... 32-5
FREQuency................................................................................................................................................................................... 32-6
FREQuency:GTIMe...................................................................................................................................................................... 32-6
FREQuency:HMEas ..................................................................................................................................................................... 32-6
FREQuency:OFFSet ..................................................................................................................................................................... 32-7
GTIMe .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 32-7
INPut ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 32-7
ARFCn .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 32-7
33 RF Generator Subsystem
AMPLitude1 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-3
AMPLitude1:ATTenuation[:AUTO]............................................................................................................................................. 33-3
AMPLitude2 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-3
AMPLitude2:ATTenuation[:AUTO]............................................................................................................................................. 33-3
FREQuency................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-4
MODulation:DCAM ..................................................................................................................................................................... 33-4
MODulation:DCAM:DVALue...................................................................................................................................................... 33-5
MODulation:GMSK ..................................................................................................................................................................... 33-5
MODulation:PULSe ..................................................................................................................................................................... 33-5
MODulation:PULSe:MODE ........................................................................................................................................................ 33-6
OUTPut ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-6
34 SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
CONTrol ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-3
MODE........................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-3
SEND ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 34-3
STATus .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-4
MESS1 or MESS2:CODE ............................................................................................................................................................ 34-4
MESS1 or MESS2:UPDate .......................................................................................................................................................... 34-4
MESS1 or MESS2:IDENtifier ...................................................................................................................................................... 34-5
MESS1 or MESS2:LANGuage .................................................................................................................................................... 34-5
Contents-11
Contents
35 Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
ATTenuator ................................................................................................................................................................................... 35-4
ATTenuator:MODE....................................................................................................................................................................... 35-4
ATTenuator2 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 35-4
ATTenuator:MODE....................................................................................................................................................................... 35-5
CFRequency.................................................................................................................................................................................. 35-5
MARKer:CFRequency.................................................................................................................................................................. 35-5
MARKer:NPEak ........................................................................................................................................................................... 35-5
MARKer:PEAK ............................................................................................................................................................................ 35-5
MARKer:POSition........................................................................................................................................................................ 35-6
MARKer:RLEVel.......................................................................................................................................................................... 35-6
RLEVel1........................................................................................................................................................................................ 35-6
RLEVel2........................................................................................................................................................................................ 35-6
SPAN............................................................................................................................................................................................. 35-7
TRACe:MHOLd ........................................................................................................................................................................... 35-7
VBWidth ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 35-7
36 Spectrum Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:FREQuency................................................................................................................................................................... 36-3
MARKer:LEVel ............................................................................................................................................................................ 36-3
TRACe .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 36-3
37 Status Subsystem
Status Subsystem - Status Byte..................................................................................................................................................... 37-3
CONDition.................................................................................................................................................................................... 37-7
ENABle ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 37-7
[EVENt] ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 37-7
NTRanistion.................................................................................................................................................................................. 37-7
PTRanistion................................................................................................................................................................................... 37-8
PRESet .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 37-8
38 System Subsystem
SYSTem[:ERRor] ......................................................................................................................................................................... 38-2
Contents-12
Contents
39 Tests Subsystem
COMMent1 .........................................................................................................................................................................................5
COMMent2 .........................................................................................................................................................................................5
CONFigure?........................................................................................................................................................................................5
EXECution:DESTination....................................................................................................................................................................6
EXECution:FAILure ...........................................................................................................................................................................6
EXECution:HEADing1 ......................................................................................................................................................................7
EXECution:HEADing2 ......................................................................................................................................................................7
EXECution:RESults............................................................................................................................................................................8
EXECution:RUN ................................................................................................................................................................................9
FREQuency? .......................................................................................................................................................................................9
LIBRary? ..........................................................................................................................................................................................10
PARMameter? ...................................................................................................................................................................................10
PROCedure:AUTOstart.....................................................................................................................................................................10
PROCedure:LOCation ......................................................................................................................................................................11
PROCedure:NAME...........................................................................................................................................................................11
PROCedure:PRINt:CONFigure ........................................................................................................................................................11
PROCedure:PRINt:FREQuency .......................................................................................................................................................11
PROCedure:PRINt:PARameter.........................................................................................................................................................12
PROCedure:PRINt:SEQuence ..........................................................................................................................................................12
PROCedure:PRINt:SPEC .................................................................................................................................................................12
PROCedure:RUN ..............................................................................................................................................................................12
SEQNumber? ....................................................................................................................................................................................13
SPEC? ...............................................................................................................................................................................................13
40 Trigger Subsystem
ABORt .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 39-4
ASTate........................................................................................................................................................................................... 39-4
BETest........................................................................................................................................................................................... 39-4
BETest:MODE .............................................................................................................................................................................. 39-5
DDEMod:ADJMode ..................................................................................................................................................................... 39-5
DDEMod:ASTate.......................................................................................................................................................................... 39-5
DDEMod:SOURce ....................................................................................................................................................................... 39-6
DELay ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 39-6
HTCH............................................................................................................................................................................................ 39-6
HTCH:ARFCn[:SPECific]............................................................................................................................................................ 39-7
HTCH:ARFCn:AUTO .................................................................................................................................................................. 39-7
[:IMMediate]................................................................................................................................................................................. 39-7
MODE[:DSP]................................................................................................................................................................................ 39-8
MODE:RETRigger ....................................................................................................................................................................... 39-8
SOURce ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 39-9
UMEMory:SOURce ..................................................................................................................................................................... 39-9
UMEMory:STATus ..................................................................................................................................................................... 39-10
Appendix A - [:INUM] - Integer Numeric Fields
Appendix B - [:FNUM] - Floating Point Numeric Fields
Commands ......................................................................................................................................................................................B-3
Contents-13
Contents
Appendix C - [:FNUM-MOD] - Floating Point Numeric (less MODE)
Commands ..................................................................................................................................................................................... C-3
Appendix D - [:MM] - Measurement Fields
Commands ..................................................................................................................................................................................... D-3
Appendix E - [:MM-MOD] - Measurement Fields (less UNITs, DUNits, AUNits)
Commands ......................................................................................................................................................................................E-3
Appendix F - [:AVG] - Measurement Fields Using Averaging
Commands ...................................................................................................................................................................................... F-3
Appendix G - [:MET] - Measurement Fields Using Meters
Commands ..................................................................................................................................................................................... G-3
Appendix H - [:MULTI-B] - Measurement Fields Using Multi-Burst
Commands ..................................................................................................................................................................................... H-3
Contents-14
1
Command Guidelines
Rules and guidelines for using General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB) programming are contained in this chapter. Chapters 3 and onwards outline each
GPIB command subsystem used with the Agilent 8922M/S.
Each subsystem chapter starts with a syntax diagram followed by a simple explanation of each command within that subsystem.
1-1
Command Guidelines
Command Names
Command Names
Generally all commands of greater than four characters have an alternate abbreviated form using only the upper case letters and number (if used).
Upper or lower case characters may be used for all commands.
For example, to set the amplitude of RF Generator 1, you could use any of the following commands:
RFGENERATOR:AMPLITUDE1 -10DBM or
RFGenerator:AMPLitude1 -10DBM rfgenerator:amplitude1 -10DBM or rfg:ampl1 -10DBM or
RFG:AMPL1 -10DBM
Programming Format Conventions
Syntax commands and returned data descriptions use the following format conventions.
Upper case letters
Square brackets
Indicate the shortened acceptable form of a command.
[ ], indicate that enclosed command or command parameters are optional.
Vertical bar
|, indicates that one-and-only-one item separated by the vertical bar can be used at any given time. The vertical bar is read as “or.” For example, ‘A’ | ‘B’ indicates that either A or B can be chosen, but not both.
Question mark
?, indicates a query command. Most commands accept this command when it is entered immediately after the command name. The returned information (<value>) varies in format according to the type of the field.
Quoted string
Fields that accept quoted string parameters will return the active choice in quotes when queried. For example if the RF generator Output was set to the RF IN/OUT parameter
(RFG:OUTP “RF IN/OUT”) and the queried (RFG:OUTP?), the return would be “RF IN/
OUT”.
Decimal numeric data
Floating numeric data
Fields that accept decimal numeric data will return the current field value as an exponentiated decimal number.
Fields that accept floating point numeric data will return the current field value as a floating point number in the current
GPIB units.
Character data
Fields that accept character data (unquoted strings) will return the queried information without quotes.
1-2
Command Guidelines
If you have Agilent Technologies 8922M/S Option 010
Quotation marks
Colons
“ ”, enclose command and string entries. Be sure to follow the correct syntax for using quotations that are specific to your basic language.
Angle brackets
:, are used to separate keywords and show hierarchical relationship.
”RFANalyzer:FREQuency 935 MHz”
A Semicolon and a Colon
;:, are used to separate two or more root level command statements on the same line.
”RFAN:INP ’RF IN/OUT’;:RFAN:AMPL1
−
20 dBm”.
Semicolons
;, can also be used to condense command words on one line if the commands are equal, or of decreasing hierarchy under the keyword. (The following example is equivalent to the previous command statement, but the root level keyword :RFAN is removed by using semicolons.)
”RFAN:INP ’RF IN/OUT’;AMPL1
−
20 dBm”
Commas
Are used to separate multiple parameter entries.
< >, enclose variable items that represent user choices (parameters) to be entered.
If you have Agilent Technologies 8922M/S Option 010
If you have the Agilent 8922M/S Option 010 Multi-Band Test System, you will have access to some additional GPIB commands.
Refer to the Agilent 8922 Multi-Band User’s Guide for a full description of these commands. The additional commands are either part of a current subsystem or are part of the new Dual Band Control subsystem.
The Agilent 8922 Multi-Band User’s Guide gives a programming example of the Dual
Band Control GPIB commands.
1-3
Command Guidelines
Units of Measure
Units of Measure
Units for measurements
These are implemented such that a measurement query result will be returned in the current GPIB unit.
Units for settings
These are implemented such that if a unit is not sent along with the setting value, then a default GPIB unit is used.
• For example, RFGenerator:AMPLitude1 assumes dBm and
RFGenerator:FREQuency assumes Hz. If a unit is sent with the setting, then this unit will be used. The GPIB unit may be changed using the units commands described later.
• Each measurement or setting description defines the allowable units for that field. When units are sent with a command, they should not be quoted.
The complete allowable set of GPIB units that setting queries or measurement queries may be returned in are:
• DB (dB), DBM (dBm), DBUV (dB micro-volt),
• DEG (degree), DIV (division),
• HZ (Hz), OHM (ohm), PCT (percent), PPM (parts-per-million),
• S (second), T (bit periods),
• V (volt), W (watts)
The complete allowable set of units that can be sent with setting commands or units that can be displayed on the front panel are:
• DB (dB), DBM (dBm), DBMW (dB milli-watt), DBUV (dB microvolt),
• HZ (Hz), KHZ (kHz), MHZ (MHz), GHZ (GHz),
• T (bit periods), S (second), MS (milli-second), US (microsecond),
• V (volt), MV (millivolt), UV (microvolt),
• W (watts), MW (milliwatt),
• PCT (percent), PPM (parts-per-million),
• DEG (degree) DIV (division), OHM (ohm)
1-4
Command Guidelines
Measurement Subsystems
Measurement Subsystems
Measure Subsystem
Commands
Measure commands are used to control measurements and get back the value of the displayed measurement. To get a valid measurement, the instrument must first be set up to access the desired measurement.
In most cases, this means that you must be on the screen (or set of screens) associated with the measurement. For example, to retrieve
Output RF Spectrum measurement results, you must be on the Output
RF Spectrum ’Main’ screen or ’Trace’ screen. (See the DISPlay subsystem commands.) The Trigger commands are then used to cause a measurement to occur. Once a measurement result is available it may be queried.
Syntax Diagrams
Each GPIB Subsystem chapter starts with a syntax diagram. This diagram uses a graphical format to represent the hierarchical structure of a subsystem. The diagram also indicates possible options and references to other command sets.
The following describes two graphical conventions used in the syntax diagrams.
Sp
Means a space must be used as part of the command line. For example;
:
AFAN:AIN<space>‘GND’
Represents a colon in the command line.
AFAN:AIN ‘GND’
1-5
Command Guidelines
Optional Commands
Optional Commands
The following lists the optional command groups that are used with many of the GPIB
Command Subsystems. The list describes the abbreviation used for each optional set and its corresponding Appendix, that gives more details of the options available.
Optional
Command
Abbreviation
Reference
Appendix
Description
[:INUM]
[:FNUM]
Appendix A Increment integer numeric fields
Appendix B Floating point numeric field
[:FNUM-MOD] Appendix C Floating point numeric field without INCR:MODE
[:MM] Appendix D Measurement fields
[:MM-MOD]
[:AVG]
[:MET]
[:MULTI-B]
Appendix E
Appendix F
Appendix G
Measurement fields without units commands
Measurement fields that use averaging
Measurement fields that use meters
Appendix H Measurement fields that use Multi Burst measurements
Examples;
RFGenerator:AMPLitude1 <real> | [:FNUM]
When this command appears in a program it can be written as follows;
RFG:AMPL1:UNITs? ................or
RFG:AMPL1:INCRement UP ..........or
RFG:AMPL1:INCR:MODE:LINear ......or
RFGENERATOR:AMPLITUDE1 -10DBM ...or
RFG:AMPL1:INCRement:DUNits -1DBM
1-6
Command Guidelines
Command Descriptions
Command Descriptions
Each command in this guide is given a description, an example of its syntax and possible options. These commands are shown as follows;
Command Name
Description
Syntax
Options
This gives a brief description of what the command can be used for.
Some units that can be used with the command, are also listed.
This gives the syntax for the command. Each command is listed in full, although the abbreviated version can also be used, as explained in “Command Names”.
These are not strictly optional parts of the command. They also list necessary parts of the command. Refer to “Programming Format
Conventions” for details on what is optional and what is necessary.
1-7
Command Guidelines
Output RF Spectrum Modulation Reference Measurement Averaging
Output RF Spectrum Modulation Reference Measurement
Averaging
The Agilent 8922M/S makes the modulation reference measurement of the Output RF
Spectrum (ORFS) due to modulation test based on a single burst measurement. If you wish to comply with the GSM Recommendation 11.10, then the following information will be of interest.
The spectrum due to modulation portion of the GSM ORFS recommendation specifies maximum levels of power, measured at given frequency offsets from the nominal carrier frequency, relative to a reference measurement at the carrier frequency. The recommendation calls for the reference measurement and all other measurements to be averaged over 200 bursts.
To get averaged ORFS due to modulation measurement results relative to an averaged reference as in GSM Recommendation 11.10, refer to the following example GPIB script:
!Make a single Modulation Reference measurement.
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:AVERage:STATe OFF”
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:REFerence:STATe OFF”
OUTPUT Gpib;”TRIGger:MODE ‘SINGLE’”
OUTPUT Gpib;”DISPlay:SCReen ORFS”
OUTPUT Gpib;”DISPlay:ORFSpectum:VIEW ‘MAIN’”
OUTPUT Gpib;”ORFSpectrum:MODE ‘MOD REF’”
OUTPUT Gpib;”TRIGger:ASTate ‘ARM’”
!Make 200 modulation measurements at 0 kHz offset and average them.
!This result is the correction factor to the single Modulation
!Reference measurement done earlier.
OUTPUT Gpib;”ORFSpectrum:MODE ‘MODULATN’”
OUTPUT Gpib;”ORFSpectrum:FREQuency:OFFSet 0 KHZ”
OUTPUT Gpib;”DISPlay:ORFSpectrum:VIEW ‘TRACE’”
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:AVERage:VALue 200”
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:AVERage:STATe ON”
OUTPUT Gpib;”TRIGger:MODE ‘CONT’”
WAIT 150
!The Agilent 8922M/S makes about 2 measurements per second.
!The Agilent 8922S must be allowed about 1600 seconds.
!This wait allows at least the needed 200 measurements
!to occur for averaging per GSM Recommendations.
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer?”
ENTER Gpib;Correction$
OUTPUT Gpib;”TRIGger:MODE ‘SINGLE’”
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:AVERage:STATe OFF”
!Enter the correction factor as the Reference value ( REF SET ) for the
!following measurements.
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:REFerence:VALue ”&Correction$
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:REFerence:STATe ON”
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:RESet”
!The ORFS Modulation measurement is now ready for use.
!Do not forget to use averaging.
1-8
2
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
This Chapter introduces the user to automatic GSM mobile phone testing using the
Agilent 8922M and Agilent 8922S GSM Test Set. GPIB (IEEE 488.2) is used in conjunction with BASIC programming exercises and example programs to illustrate the most effective techniques for efficient and high speed phone tests.
2-1
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
GPIB Programming Exercises
GPIB Programming Exercises
Before Starting
Power-up the Agilent 8922M/S and carry out the following checks before beginning the exercise:
âť’
On the rear panel, the OPT 001 REF OUT should be connected with a short BNC cable to the REF IN connector.
âť’
Use the front panel knob to select the CONFIG screen. Check the Compatible field is set to 8922M or 8922S.
âť’
On the CONFIG screen, set the GPIB address to 14 and check the GPIB mode is set to talk&lstn.
âť’
Connect the GPIB cable from your computer to the Agilent 8922M/S.
âť’
Load a Test SIM (Subscriber ID Module) in the mobile.
âť’
Connect a GSM mobile to the Agilent 8922M/S front panel RF IN/OUT connector.
Carry out the following programming exercises, check your program works after each exercise.
2-2
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Exercise A - Establishing a Link
Exercise A - Establishing a Link
Originate a Call
Begin the program by setting the GPIB address variable Uut=714, then select commands from section “GPIB Commands Used in Exercises” to carry out the following actions:
âť’
Preset the Agilent 8922M/S and set up the paging IMSI and external cable loss, zero the power meter.
âť’
Page the mobile.
âť’
Establish a program loop to wait for the mobile to answer the call.
âť’
End the loop when the mobile answers or when too much time has elapsed.
Tips:
The BASIC REPEAT UNTIL loop is useful in this application. The loop can be used to keep checking the Agilent 8922M/S call status until the returned variable becomes equal to “CONNECTED” or a time-out counter is exceeded. Place a WAIT 1 statement inside the loop so that the Agilent 8922M/S call status is checked once per second. For more help, look at the ‘PAGE THE MOBILE AND ESTABLISH A CALL’ section of example program 1 in section “Example Programs”.
End the Call
Add additional lines to your program to end the call. Select the GPIB commands from
“GPIB Commands Used in Exercises” and use the same structure as for call set up. This time, wait for the status to become equal to “INACTIVE”.
Tips:
For help, look at the “END THE CALL” section of example program 1 in section
“Example Programs”.
2-3
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example B - Controlling the Mobile
Example B - Controlling the Mobile
Mobiles need to be tested on a variety of frequency channels (ARFCN) and transmitter power levels (TX Level). The Agilent 8922M/S uses over-the-air signalling to command the mobile to any ARFCN or TX Level. ARFCN changes can be made using channel assignments, with the signalling taking place over the GSM Fast Associated Control
Channel (FACCH). TX Level changes are signalled using the GSM Slow Associated
Control Channel (SACCH). The choice of FACCH or SACCH has been made by the
GSM specifications.
Before extending your program to control the mobile, press the LOCAL key on the
Agilent 8922M/S and manually establish a call with the mobile. In the MOBILE PHONE section of the Cell Control screen, use the knob to select TX Level. Using the arrow keys, quickly change the TX Level from 15, to 14, to 13, to 12, to 10, to 9, to 8, to 7, to 6, to 5 and back down to 15. Notice the mobile’s uplink SACCH reports of TX Level in the
CELL STATUS area of the screen. Notice also the Peak Power measurement in the centre of the screen. Observe the sequence of events, first you command a new TX Level, about
1 second later, the mobile changes its output power, and shortly after, confirms the new
TX Level on the uplink SACCH, to be displayed on the Agilent 8922M/S.
The sequence for ARFCN changes is similar. Because channel assignments use the
FACCH, the process happens more quickly. There is still a perceptible delay from the channel change being commanded, by changing the Channel value under MOBILE
PHONE, to the TRAFFIC Channel value being confirmed under CELL STATUS.
TX Level Changing
Extend your program, selecting GPIB commands from section “GPIB Commands Used in
Exercises”, to cycle the mobile’s TX Level from 5 to 15 with the following steps:
âť’
Establish call as in exercise A.
âť’
Set up a loop to count through the TX Levels.
âť’
Command the phone to the new TX Level.
âť’
Check the reported TX Level, loop until the reported value matches the programmed value, or too much time has elapsed.
âť’
Repeat for the next TX Level.
âť’
End call as in Exercise A.
2-4
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example B - Controlling the Mobile
Tips:
The BASIC FOR NEXT loop is ideal for controlling the TX Levels. For example, start the loop with FOR Txlevel = 5 TO 15 and end with NEXT Txlevel. Use a REPEAT UNTIL structure to check the reported TX Level. This time, use a delay of WAIT 0.4. For more help, look at the ‘PERFORM FAST POWER MEASUREMENTS’ section of example program 1 in section “Example Programs”.
ARFCN Changing
Once your program is working, add another FOR NEXT loop outside the Txlevel loop to change ARFCN from 1, to 63, to 124. The new program will cycle the mobile from TX
Level 5 to 15 at ARFCN 1, then from 5 to 15 on ARFCN 63, then from 5 to 15 on ARFCN
124. Add a PRINT statement to display the ARFCN and TX Level.
The flow of the mobile control part of the program will be as follows:
âť’
Establish call as in exercise A.
âť’
Set up a loop to count through three ARFCN.
âť’
Command the phone to the new ARFCN.
âť’
Check the reported ARFCN, loop until the reported value matches the programmed value, or too much time has elapsed.
âť’
Set up a loop to count through the TX Levels.
âť’
Command the phone to the new TX Level.
âť’
Check the reported TX Level, loop until the reported value matches the programmed value, or too much time has elapsed.
âť’
Print the ARFCN and TX Level.
âť’
Repeat for the next TX Level.
âť’
Repeat for the next ARFCN.
âť’
End call as in Exercise A.
Tips:
Use a REPEAT UNTIL loop as before to check for confirmation of the mobile’s channel change, this time use a WAIT 0.1 inside the loop. It may be helpful to use an array to hold the ARFCN. For example Arfcnar(1)=1, Arfcnar(2)=63, Arfcnar(3)=124, then FOR X=1
TO 3 and Arfcn=Arfcnar(X). For more help, look at the ‘PERFORM FAST POWER
MEASUREMENTS’ section of example program 1 in section “Example Programs”.
2-5
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example C - Making Measurements
Example C - Making Measurements
In this section we first add a TX Power measurement, then modulation accuracy and receiver sensitivity tests.
TX Power Measurement
TX peak power is measured using the Fast TX Carrier Power measurement. This measurement can take place in parallel with GSM signalling operations such as ARFCN or TX Level changes. TX peak power is normally displayed on the Cell Control screen.
The Agilent 8922M/S RF Analyser automatically adjusts its input attenuation and gain to match the power expected from the mobile. The Expected Input power is displayed at the bottom of the Cell Control screen. This expected power provides a convenient comparison with the measured power. For a perfect mobile, the expected and measured values are the same. Select GPIB commands from section “GPIB Commands Used in
Exercises” to query the measured and expected power and insert them immediately before the PRINT statement in your program. Modify the PRINT statement to display ARFCN,
TX Level, Expected Power and Measured Power. The program flow should be as follows:
âť’
Establish call as in exercise A.
âť’
Set up a loop to count through three ARFCN.
âť’
Command the phone to the new ARFCN.
âť’
Check the reported ARFCN, loop until the reported value matches the programmed value, or too much time has elapsed.
âť’
Set up a loop to count through the TX Levels.
âť’
Command the phone to the new TX Level.
âť’
Check the reported TX Level, loop until the reported value matches the programmed value, or too much time has elapsed.
âť’
Query the Fast TX Carrier Power (TX Peak Power).
âť’
Query the RF Analyser Expected Input.
âť’
Print the ARFCN, TX Level, Expected Power, Measured TX Peak Power.
âť’
Repeat for the next TX Level.
âť’
Repeat for the next ARFCN.
âť’
End call as in Exercise A.
2-6
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example C - Making Measurements
Tips:
For help, look at the “PERFORM FAST POWER MEASUREMENT” section of example program 1.
DSP Measurements
Modulation accuracy for GSM is determined by measuring the phase and frequency error.
The Agilent 8922M/S uses its DSP analyser for making this measurement. When triggered, the DSP analyser samples a single GSM TDMA burst and performs several measurements in parallel namely: peak phase error, rms. phase error, frequency error, power versus time, data bit display, burst timing and TX peak power. The DSP analyser shares measurement hardware with the Agilent 8922M/S real-time demodulator. The hardware can be switched from one mode to another, either making measurements or demodulating. The demodulator is used to decode the traffic channel and control channel data being transmitted by the mobile on the up-link. This control information includes the
FACCH and SACCH used for changing ARFCN and TX Level. For this reason, different techniques are used for ARFCN and TX Level changing while performing DSP measurements.
TX Level changes are signalled on the down-link SACCH. When the level change is complete, the mobile signals the new TX Level on the up-link SACCH. The
Agilent 8922M/S does not need to decode this message for the level change to operate correctly. For TX Level changes, the DSP analyser can remain configured for measurements and does not need to re-configured for demodulation. However, the up-link
SACCH reports, used in our program to confirm the TX Level change, are not being demodulated and so are not available to read.
ARFCN changes are signalled using the FACCH. In order for the channel assignment to work correctly, a two-way exchange of messages has to take place between the mobile and the Agilent 8922M/S. This requires the DSP analyser to be configured for demodulation.
When an ARFCN change is requested during a DSP measurement, the DSP analyser is automatically re-configured for demodulation, the channel assignment is performed, once complete, the DSP analyser is configured for measurements once more.
Single trigger mode is most suitable for DSP measurements over GPIB. ARFCN changes can be accomplished simply by programming the new ARFCN and triggering the DSP measurement. The measurement will begin only once the channel change has been completed. TX Level changes are accomplished by programming the new TX Level then triggering the DSP measurement. Since the DSP measurement takes 200 to 300 milliseconds to be initialised and sample a TDMA burst, there is a reasonable probability that in many cases the mobile will have changed level in time for the first measurement.
Checking the measured TX power is close to the expected power provides confirmation that the TX Level change has been performed. If the measured power is different from the expected power, the DSP measurement can be performed up to two additional times. The time taken for three DSP measurements exceeds the time allowed for a mobile to make a
TX Level change.
2-7
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example C - Making Measurements
Select commands from section “GPIB Commands Used in Exercises” to create the following program flow:
âť’
Select single trigger mode for DSP measurements.
âť’
Establish call as in exercise A.
âť’
Perform TX peak power test on channels 1, 63, 124, levels 5 to 15 with code from exercise B and C.
âť’
Display the DSP analyser phase and frequency error screen.
âť’
Set up a loop to count through three TX Levels: 5, 10 and 15.
âť’
Command the phone to the new TX Level.
âť’
Set up a loop to count through three ARFCN: 1, 63, 124.
âť’
Command the phone to the new ARFCN.
âť’
Trigger a DSP measurement.
âť’
Query the peak phase error and rms. phase error.
âť’
Query the frequency error and TX peak power.
âť’
Query the RF analyser expected input.
âť’
Compare measured and expected power, loop to trigger DSP measurement if they are more than 1dB different. Loop a maximum of three times.
âť’
Print the ARFCN, TX Level, Peak and Rms. Phase Error and Frequency Error.
âť’
Repeat for the next ARFCN.
âť’
Repeat for the next TX Level.
âť’
Return to the Cell Control screen.
âť’
End call as in exercise A.
Tips:
Placing the TX Level changing loop outside the ARFCN changing loop has several benefits. The process of changing ARFCN is faster, so the program will run more quickly.
The delay associated with the first ARFCN change will go in parallel with the time taken for the mobile to respond to the SACCH and change TX Level. This increases the probability of the mobile being settled on the new TX Level when the DSP measurement is performed, reducing the number of times it will need to be repeated to get a TX peak power value close to the expected value. Look at the ‘PERFORM DSP
MEASUREMENTS’ section of example program 1 for more help.
2-8
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example C - Making Measurements
Receiver Sensitivity Test
Bit Error Ratio (BER) is the primary measure of GSM receiver sensitivity. For a handheld mobile, the residual type II BER should be less than 2.4% at -102dBm. For most mobile testing, the downlink power will be maintained at a relatively high level of around
-80dBm. This level is dropped to -102dBm to perform the BER test, then increased again to -80dBm once the test is complete. When the mobile’s receiver input level drops from
-80 to -102dBm, its receiver AGC compensates by increasing gain. The AGC time constant varies from mobile to mobile. It can take several seconds for the receiver to adjust to the new power level and be ready for BER testing. If the level change is large and followed by a channel assignment, the mobile will often drop the call because its receiver is not able to decode the FACCH while adjusting to the reduced input power.
Select GPIB commands from "GPIB Commands Used in Exercises" to extend your program as follows:
âť’
Select single trigger mode for DSP measurements
âť’
Select single trigger mode for BER measurements
âť’
Establish call as in exercise A
âť’
Perform TX peak power test on channels 1, 63, 124, levels 5 to 15 with code from exercise B and C
âť’
Perform DSP measurements with code from exercise C
âť’
Display the bit error test screen
âť’
Reduce the RF Generator power to -102dBm
âť’
Wait 2 seconds for the mobile’s AGC to settle
âť’
Set up a loop to count through three ARFCN: 1, 63, 124
âť’
Command the phone to the new ARFCN
âť’
Trigger a BER measurement
âť’
Query the BER
âť’
Repeat for the next ARFCN
âť’
Increase the RF Generator power to -80dBm
âť’
Return to the Cell Control screen
âť’
End call as in exercise A
2-9
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example C - Making Measurements
Tips:
Experiment with shorter AGC settling times, notice the reported BER increase. Try increasing the RF Generator power to -40dBm at the start of the program and removing the wait statement. Does the phone drop the call? The required delay depends on the mobile and the size of the level change. Look at the mobile’s SACCH reports of RXQual and RXLev. Consider modifying your program to use these reports to decide when the mobile’s AGC has settled. Look at the “PERFORM BIT ERROR MEASUREMENTS” section of example program 1 for more help.
2-10
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example D - Adding Robustness
Example D - Adding Robustness
There are several additions which can be made to your program to increase its robustness:
âť’
Check input power falls within +/-3dB specified analyser range
âť’
Check DSP measurement status
âť’
Check for Agilent 8922M/S error logs
âť’
Provide a time-out for any measurements which do not complete
These checks add little value to a program designed to test phones which are known to meet specification. In many cases the mobile being tested will be out of specification, the phone may fail to produce a burst at the correct power and frequency for the DSP analyser.
If the measurement has been triggered, and no input signal is provided, an GPIB time-out offers a convenient method for dissarming the DSP trigger and continuing the program. If the mobile’s TX power falls outside +/-3dB of the expected value, measurement results may not be valid. If the DSP analyser has not been able to find a good signal, or synchronise to the burst midamble, the status message will warn of the problem. Dropped calls and other problems are logged by the Agilent 8922M/S in an error message stack.
The messages can be queried to provide an indication of where problems have occurred during test execution.
Read through example program 1 and look at the way the GPIB commands in "GPIB
Commands Used in Exercises" have been used to add robustness. Look for the “ERROR
AND TIMEOUT HANDLING” part of the program and the sections making DSP measurements.
2-11
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example E - Faster Testing
Example E - Faster Testing
Load and run example program 1, then program 2, then program 3, or look at the test times tabulated in section 4 for the Agilent 8922M. The three programs are configured to perform an identical list of tests, yet their test times are different. This is achieved using various techniques.
Example program 1 does use some techniques to improve speed:
âť’
The complete set of DSP measurements are performed in parallel.
âť’
TX peak power measurements are made in parallel with DSP measurements.
âť’
Additional TX peak power measurements are made using the Fast TX Carrier Power measurement. Points covered during the DSP test are not repeated.
âť’
Loops are chosen to minimise the number of mobile TX level changes.
âť’
No fixed delays are used.
âť’
RXQual, RXLev and TX Timing error are checked in parallel with bit error ratio.
âť’
Results are printed after testing is complete.
Example program 2 adds some additional time saving techniques:
âť’
A hopped call is used for TX measurements to reduce channel changing time.
âť’
Measured power is used to determine when the mobile TX Level has settled rather than waiting for uplink SACCH report.
2-12
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example E - Faster Testing
Example program 3 uses the Agilent 8922M/S Aux RF Out port to simulate a mobile operating in a test mode. Mobiles controlled in test modes react much faster to channel and TX Level change commands.
âť’
Delays associated with the GSM SACCH and FACCH are removed.
âť’
Measurements are made with no signalling overhead time.
The time savings made in programs 2 and 3 have been almost completely during the TX part of the test. Improving the RX bit error ratio test time would speed-up each of the programs. As TX test times reduce, RX tests appear to take up a larger percentage of the overall test time. Techniques for improving RX measurement times include:
âť’
Take RXQual as a first indication of receiver performance. Perform bit error test only if RX Qual is poor.
âť’
Reduce the number of bits being tested and reduce the signal level from -102dBm to a lower level. This will increase the number of bit errors in the reduced measurement period to maintain a statistically valid test.
âť’
Look for zero bit errors at -102dBm over a reduced number of bits. Use a longer measurement only if bit errors are detected.
2-13
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
GPIB Commands Used in Exercises
GPIB Commands Used in Exercises
Commands used in exercise A:
Preset the instrument
OUTPUT Uut;”*RST”
Set the paging IMSI
OUTPUT Uut;”MSINFO:PAGING:IMSI ‘001012345678901’”
Enter an external cable loss offset of 1dB
OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:RFIN “;-1
Set external loss offset mode on
OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:MODE ‘ON’”
Zero the power meter
OUTPUT Uut;”CW:PMZERO”
Page the mobile
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:ORIGINATE”
Query the call status
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?”
ENTER Uut;Status$
End the call
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:END”
Commands used in exercise B:
Program the mobile TX Level
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlevel
Query the mobile’s reported TX Lev
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:TLEV?”
ENTER Uut;Sacchtxlev
Prgram the mobile’s Traffic Channel ARFCN
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn
Query the reported ARFCN
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STAT:TCH:ARFCN?”
ENTER Uut;Faccharfcn
2-14
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
GPIB Commands Used in Exercises
Commands used in exercise C:
Query Fast TX Carrier Power (TX Peak Power)
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:FTCP:POW?”
ENTER Uut;Txpkpwr
Query RF Analyzer Expected Input Amplitude
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?”
ENTER Uut;Exppwr
Set the DSP Analyzer to single trigger mode
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:MODE ‘SINGLE’”
Display the DSP Analyzer (default sub-screen is phase and frequency error)
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP DSP”
Trigger a DSP measurement
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘ARM’”
Querry the rms phase error
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:RMS?”
ENTER Uut;Rmsphase
Query peak phase error
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:PEAK?”
ENTER Uut;Pkphase
Query frequency error
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:FREQUENCY?”
ENTER Uut;Freqerr
Query TX peak power
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PTCP?”
ENTER Uut;Txpkpwer
Display the Cell Control screen
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP CELL1”
Set single trigger mode for bit error measurements
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET ‘SINGLE’”
Display the bit error test screen
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR BER1”
Program the RF Generator power
OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Berpower
Trigger a bit error measurement
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET:MODE ‘RUN’”
2-15
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example Programs
Query the completed bit error test result
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:BET:BERR:RATIO1?”
ENTER Uut;Berppm
Reset the SACCH reports
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:RESET”
Query the RXQual report (-1 returned if no report yet)
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RQU?”
ENTER Uut;Rxqual
Commands used in exercise D:
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:SSTATUS?”
ENTER Uut;Sstatus$
Check for logged Agilent 8922M/S system errors
OUTPUT Uut;”SYSTEM:ERROR?”
ENTER Uut;Systemerr$
Example Programs
Speed Comparison
Time for testing
Using the Agilent 8922M GSM MS Test Set
Program 1
85.5 sec.
Program 2
42.7 sec.
Program 3
64.6 sec.
a
1.1 sec.
Time for call clear down 1.1 sec.
1.1 sec.
a.Some time overhead was incurred because the Agilent 8922M was being used to emulate a mobile in test mode. Reduced test times would be possible if the instrument was only performing measurements.
2-16
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example Programs
Test List
Tx Power
Peak and rms phase error
Frequency error
Power versus time
Tx Tests
ARFCN
1, 65, 124
1, 65, 124
1, 65, 124
1, 65, 124
Rx Tests
Tx Levels
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
14, 15
5, 10, 15
5, 10, 15
5, 10, 15
Residual Type II BER 10,000 bits a
Rx Qual Rx Lev
MS Timing
ARFCN
1, 65, 124
1, 65, 124
1, 65, 124
Downlink Power
-102 dBm
-102 dBm
-102 dBm a.Up to four BER measurements can be performed in parallel with no added test time.
2-17
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Sample Output
Sample Output
Answer call when mobile rings
Results from Fast Power Measurement
ARFCN TXLEV POWER dBm
1 6 31.87
1 7 29.95
1 8 27.77
1 9 25.81
1 11 20.21
1 12 18.21
1 13 16.24
1 14 14.3
65 6 31.51
65 7 29.63
65 8 27.54
65 9 25.59
65 11 20.01
65 12 20.04
65 13 18.05
65 14 16.01
124 6 31.1
124 7 29.32
124 8 27.33
124 9 25.37
124 11 21.5
124 12 19.85
124 13 17.85
124 14 15.77
Results from Power, Power vs Time & Modulation Measurements
ARFCN TXLEV POWER dBm Pk & RMS PHASE FREQ ERROR MASK
1 5 33.69 10.89 4.554 1.8 “Passed”
1 10 23.76 10.14 4.362 36 “Passed”
1 15 14.27 11.84 4.636 .6 “Passed”
65 5 33.35 11.39 4.29 -2.4 “Passed”
65 10 23.57 11.3 4.444 18.3 “Passed”
65 15 14.12 14.22 4.741 -2.3 “Passed”
124 5 32.89 14.68 4.636 30.9 “Passed”
124 10 23.36 14.41 4.911 -18.1 “Passed”
124 15 13.81 11.95 4.905 -20 “Passed”
Results from BER Test
ARFCN Downlink dBm BER1% RxQual RxLev TIMERR
1 -102 .03945 0 8 0
65 -102 .2251 0 8 0
124 -102 .1157 0 9 .25
Time for phone to camp and answer page: 11.21 Seconds.
Time for testing : 46.52 Seconds.
Time for call clear down : 2.05 Seconds.
No Errors
Would you like to test again? (y or n)
2-18
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
Program 1
10 !RE-STORE “PROG1”
20 !RE-SAVE “PROG1:,1404”
30 !===========================================================================
40 !
50 !Example program 1
60 !
70 !Introductory GPIB techniques for measuring a GSM900 mobile using the
Agilent 8922S and M
80 quency
!GSM MS Test Sets.
The program measures Tx power, power vs time, phase and fre-
90 !error, bit error ratio, timing error, Rx Lev and Rx Qual
100 !
110 !(c) Agilent Technologies 1996
120 !
130 !Rev 1.0
140 !I R HP QMD 7.9.94
150 !Slightly modified by C B 24.1.96 - Changed F/H to M/S throughout
160
!=================================================================================
170 !
180 DIM Berpwr(5) !Downlink power levels in dBm for bit error test
190 DIM Berarfcn(125) !ARFCN to perform bit error test on
200 DIM Dsppwr(15) !Mobile Tx power levels for DSP test
210 DIM Dsparfcn(124) !ARFCN to perform DSP test on
220 DIM Fparfcn(124) !ARFCN to perform fast power test on
230 DIM Fppwr(15) !Mobile Tx power levels for fast power test
240 DIM Message$(30)[100] !Output strings
250 DIM Error$(50)[100] !Error message strings
260 DIM Err$[100] !Internally used temporary error string
270 DIM Rmspher(50,50) !Measurement results from rms phase error, dimensions(ARFCN,TXLEVEL)
280 DIM Pkpher(50,50) !Measurement results from peak phase error
290 DIM Frer(50,50) !Measurement results from freq error
300 DIM Slpwr(50,50) !Measurement results from DSP analyzer power measurement
310 DIM Txtim(50,50) !Tx timing error measurement results
320 DIM Fpwrmeas(50,50) !Measurement results from fast power
330 DIM Ber1(50,50) !Bit error test measurement results, dimensions(ARFCN,Downlink Power)
340 DIM Clock(5) !Test Times
350 DIM Mask$(50,50)[10] !Power versus time limit mask specification
360 DIM Rxqual(50,50) !RxQual measurement results, dimensions(ARFCN,Downlink Power)
370 DIM Rxlev(50,50) !RxLev measurement results
380 DIM Null(50,50) !Empty array
390 DIM Nullst$(50,50)[50] !Empty string array
400 !
410 !=======================================================
420 !
430 !GENERAL MEASUREMENT SET UP SPECIFIED
440 !
450 Uut=714 GPIB address of Agilent 8922M/S
460 Extloss=-1 !Loss of cable linking 8922 to mobile (loss=-xdB)
470 Bchpwr=-80 !BCCH power level in dBm
480 Imsi$=”’001012345678901’” !Paging IMSI of mobile’s test SIM
490 Timeouttime=20 !The GPIB timeout in seconds
500 Leveltol=1 measurement
!Level threshold to indicate Tx Lev settling for DSP
510 !
520 !================================================================================
530 !
540 !MEASUREMENT POINTS ARE DEFINED IN THIS SECTION
2-19
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
550 !
560 !Bit error ratio test
570 !
580 Numberpwr=1 !The number of downlink power levels for bit error test
590 Berpwr(1)=-102
Etc....
600 Bits1=10000 bination
!The power level in dBm of the first downlink power.
!The number of bits to test at each ARFCN/Power com-
610 Numberarfcn=3 !The number of ARFCN for bit error test
620 Berarfcn(1)=1 !The value of the first ARFCN. Etc....
630 Berarfcn(2)=65
640 Berarfcn(3)=124
650 !
660 !DSP measurememnts
670 !
680 Numdsppwr=3 !The number of mobile TX Levels for DSP test
690 Dsppwr(1)=5 !The value of the first TX Level. Etc...
700 Dsppwr(2)=10
710 Dsppwr(3)=15
720 Numdsparfcn=3 !The number of ARFCN for DSP test
730 Dsparfcn(1)=1 !The value of the first ARFCN. Etc....
740 Dsparfcn(2)=65
750 Dsparfcn(3)=124
760 !
770 !Fast Power measurements
780 !
790 Numfppwr=8 !The number of mobile TX Levels for fast power test
800 Fppwr(1)=6 !The value of the first TX Level. Etc....
810 Fppwr(2)=7
820 Fppwr(3)=8
830 Fppwr(4)=9
840 Fppwr(5)=11
850 Fppwr(6)=12
860 Fppwr(7)=13
870 Fppwr(8)=14
880 Numfparfcn=3 !The number of ARFCN for fast power test
890 Fparfcn(1)=1 !The value of the first ARFCN. Etc...
900 Fparfcn(2)=65
910 Fparfcn(3)=124
920 !
930 !===========================================================================
940 !
950 !PRINT MESSAGES ARE DEFINED BELOW
960 !
970 Message$(1)=”Answer call when mobile rings”
980 Message$(2)=”Would you like to test again? (y or n)”
990 Message$(3)=”Results from Fast Power Measurement”
1000 Message$(4)=”ARFCN TXLEV POWER dBm”
1010 Message$(5)=”Results from Power, Power vs Time & Modulation Measurements”
1020 Message$(6)=”ARFCN TXLEV POWER dBm Pk & RMS PHASE FREQ ERROR MASK”
1030 Message$(7)=”Results from BER Test”
1040 Message$(8)=”ARFCN Downlink dBm BER1% RxQual RxLev TIMERR”
1050 Message$(9)=” Seconds.”
1060 Message$(10)=”Time for phone to camp and answer page: “
1070 Message$(11)=”Time for testing : “
1080 Message$(12)=”Time for call clear down : “
1090 !
1100 Emptyst$=”@”
1110 Empty=-999
1120 Nullst$(1,1)=Emptyst$
1130 Null(1,1)=Empty
1140 !
1150
!====================================================================================
1160 !
1170 !ERROR AND TIMEOUT HANDLING
1180 !
2-20
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
1190 Busport=INT(Uut/100) address
1200 CLEAR Busport commands
1210 Timeinit$=”yes” executed first pass
1220 ON TIMEOUT Busport,Timeouttime GOTO Timeflag for HPIB timeouts
!Get the GPIB port code from Uut
!Clear bus from any aborted previous
!Set a flag so timeout code is not
!Establish goto flag
1230 Timeflag:IF Timeinit$<>”yes” THEN here
!After a timeout, execution comes
1240 OFF TIMEOUT Busport
1250 CLEAR Busport !Clear any half done commands
1260 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘disarm’” !Dissarm the DSP trigger
1270 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Gather any error message from the
Agilent 8922M/S
1280 PRINT “Measurement Timed Out. Ending Test”
1290 IF Errcount=0 THEN
1300 Errcount=1
1310 Error$(1)=”No errors recorded”
1320 END IF
1330 FOR X=1 TO Errcount !Print error messages
1340 PRINT Error$(X)
1350 NEXT X
1360 STOP !Execution stops here after critical errors
1370 ELSE
1380 Timeinit$=”no” be a real timeout
!Reset flag so next time, it must
1390 END IF
1400 Errcount=0
1410 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Clear any old errors from
Agilent 8922M/S before the
1420 Errcount=0 !test begins
1430 !
1440
!=================================================================================
1450 !
1460 !PRESET THE Agilent 8922M/S AND SET IT TO THE CORRECT COMPATIBILITY MODE (executed once only)
1470 !
1480 !
1490 OUTPUT Uut;”*RST” !Preset the Agilent 8922M/S
1500 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP?” to F or H
!Check compatability mode and set
1510 ENTER Uut;Product$
1520 IF Product$<>”””8922S””” AND Product$<>”””8922M””” THEN
1530 IF Product$=”””8922E””” THEN OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP ‘8922S’”
1540 IF Product$=”””8922G””” THEN OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP ‘8922M’”
1550 OUTPUT Uut;”*RST” ability change
!A preset is needed after compat-
1560 END IF
1570 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Check for any errors logged by
HP 8922M/S
1580 !
1590 !===========================================================================
1600 !
1610 !SET THE Agilent 8922M/S INITIAL CONDITIONS (executed once only)
1620 !
1630 !
1640 OUTPUT Uut;”MSINFO:PAGING:IMSI “&Imsi$ !Set the paging IMSI
1650 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:RFIN “;Extloss !Set the external cable loss
1660 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Dsparfcn(1) !Set the ARFCN to the first expected test point
1670 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV “;Dsppwr(1) !Set the mobile Tx Level to the first test point
1680 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:MODE ‘ON’” !Turn external offset mode ON to use cable loss
1690 OUTPUT Uut;”CW:PMZERO” !Zero the power meter
2-21
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
1700 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Bchpwr signalling
1710 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:MODE ‘SINGLE’” trig mode
1720 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET ‘SINGLE’” gle trig mode
1730 OUTPUT Uut;”BET:BITS1 “;Bits1 sured for bit error
!Set the downlink power for normal
!Set the DSP meas trigger to single
!Set bit error meas trigger to sin-
!Set the number of bits to be mea-
1740 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR DSP” !Display the DSP amplitude main screen to enter limits
1750 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR:DSP:VIEW ‘AMPL MAIN’” !for power versus time mask
1760 DATA -40,-28,-18,-10,0,180,360,542.769,547.769,552.769,560.769,570.769 !Mask
corner times in us
1770 DATA -36,-30,-6,4,1,1,1,1,1,-6,-30,-36 !Upper
limits in dB
1780 DATA -60,-60,-60,-60,-1,-1,-1,-1,-60,-60,-60,-60 !Lower limits in dB
1790 FOR X=1 TO 12
1800 READ Masktim !Reas corner times from DATA statement
1810 Masktim=Masktim/1.E+6 !Convert seconds
1820 Num$=VAL$(X) !Convert index to string for GPIB
1830 OUTPUT Uut;”DSP:AMPL:”&”time”&Num$&” “;Masktim !Output marker times
1840 NEXT X
1850 FOR X=1 TO 12
1860 limits
READ Maskup !Read and output upper
1870 Num$=VAL$(X)
1880 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:HLIM “;Maskup
1890 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:HLIM:STATE ON”
1900 NEXT X
1910 FOR X=1 TO 12
1920 READ Masklo limits
1930 Num$=VAL$(X)
!Read and output lower
1940 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:LLIM “;Masklo
1950 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:LLIM:STATE ON”
1960 NEXT X
1970 !
1980
!===============================================================================
1990 !
2000 !ESTABLISH A LOOP TO BE EXECUTED EACH TIME A MOBILE IS TESTED
2010 !
2020 !
2030 Run$=”yes”
2040 REPEAT
!Flag for REPEAT loop
2050 Clock(1)=TIMEDATE !Start a test time clock for call set up
2060 !
2070 !=============================================================================
2080 !
2090 !PAGE THE MOBILE AND ESTABLISH A CALL
2100 !
2110 !
2120 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CELL1” !Display the cell control screen
2130 message
PRINT Message$(1) !Output answer call
2140 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:ORIGINATE” !Page mobile
Agilent 8922M/S org call
2150 Time=0 to answer
!Set counter for mobile
2160 Maxtime=100
2170 REPEAT
2180 Time=Time+1
2190 WAIT 1
2-22
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
2200 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?” for connected
2210 ENTER Uut;Status$
2220 UNTIL Status$=”””CONNECTED””” OR Time>Maxtime
!Check the call status
2230 IF Time>Maxtime THEN
2240 Errcount=Errcount+1
2250 Error$(Errcount)=”Call could not be established”
2260 GOTO Timeflag !If wait too long, goto timeout code
2270 END IF
2280 logged
CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
2320
2330
2340 !
2350
!Check for any errors
2290 !
2300
!====================================================================================
2310 !
Clock(1)=TIMEDATE-Clock(1)
Clock(2)=TIMEDATE
!End call set up timer
!Start measurement timer
!====================================================================================
=
2360 !
2370 !PERFORM DSP MEASUREMENTS
2380 !
2390 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP DSP” !Return to the DSP amplitude main screen
2400 FOR Txcount=1 TO Numdsppwr !Outer loop for Tx levels
2410
2420 level
Txlev=Dsppwr(Txcount)
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlev
!Get Tx level from array
!Program mobile’s Tx
2430
2440
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numdsparfcn
Arfcn=Dsparfcn(Arcount)
!Inner loop for ARFCN
!Get ARFCN from array
2450 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn !Program link ARFCN
2460 Count=0 !Establish counter for repeat measurements
2470 REPEAT if mobile not settled
2480 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘ARM’”
!May need to repeat
!Arm the DSP measurement
2490 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:RMS?” !Read all the DSP results: rms phase error
2500 ENTER Uut;Rmspher(Arcount,Txcount)
2510 !Note: program will stick here, waiting for input if mobile fails to provide a valid signal to trigger
2520 !
the Agilent 8922M/S.
The program will timeout.
The timeout code dissarms the Agilent 8922M/S trigger.
2530 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:PEAK?” !
peak phase error
2540 ENTER Uut;Pkpher(Arcount,Txcount)
2550 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:FRE-
QUENCY?”! frequency error
2560 ENTER Uut;Frer(Arcount,Txcount)
!
2570 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:MSUM?” power versus time mask
2580 ENTER Uut;Mask$(Arcount,Txcount)
2590 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PTCP?”
Tx power
2600 ENTER Uut;Slpwr(Arcount,Txcount)
2610 OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?” level to compare with
2620 allowed range
ENTER Uut;Anlevel
!
!Read expected power
!measured and +/-3dB
2630 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:SSTATUS?” !Check for any DSP measurement errors
2640 ENTER Uut;Sstatus$
2-23
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
2650 Threedb=ABS(Anlevel-Slpwr(Arcount,Txcount)) between measured and expected
!Calculate difference
2660 Count=Count+1
2670 UNTIL Count=3 OR Threedb<Leveltol !Re-do DSP once if phone fails, the mobile
2680 IF Sstatus$<>”””No Error””” OR Threedb>3 THEN after Tx Level change
2690 Err$=”DSP Measurement Problem “
!may still be settling sage string
2700 IF Sstatus$<>”””No Error””” THEN Err$=Err$&Sstatus$
!Create an error mes-
2710 IF Threedb>3 THEN Err$=Err$&” 3dB input range exceeded”
2720 Errcount=Errcount+1
2730 Error$(Errcount)=Err$
2740 END IF
2750 NEXT Arcount
2760 NEXT Txcount
2770 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Check for logged errors after DSP
2780 !
2790
!====================================================================================
2800 !
2810 !PERFORM FAST POWER MEASUREMENTS
2820 !
2830 screen
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CELL1” !Display cell control
!Outer loop for mobile 2840 FOR Txcount=1 TO Numfppwr
Tx levels
2850
2860
Txlev=Fppwr(Txcount)
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlev level
2870 Time=0 wait for phone to
2880 Maxtime=10
SACCH that it has
2890 level
REPEAT
!Get Tx level from array
!Program mobile’s Tx
!Establish a loop to
!confirm over uplink
!reached commanded Tx
2900 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:TLEV?” report of Tx Level
2910 ENTER Uut;Sacchtxlev
2920 WAIT .4
!Read mobile’s SACCH
!Pause, SACCH has low banswidth so reports
2930 Time=Time+1 !update slowly
2940 UNTIL Sacchtxlev=Txlev OR Time=Maxtime !Check for mobile reaching programmed Tx level
2950 IF Time=Maxtime THEN
2960 Errcount=Errcount+1
2970 Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile failed to change Tx Level” !Error if mobile doesn’t reach programmed level
2980 END IF
2990 FOR Arcount=1 TO Numfparfcn !Inner loop for measurement ARFCN
3000 Arfcn=Fparfcn(Arcount)
3010 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn assignement to new ARFCN
!Get ARFCN from array
!Request TCH channel
3020 Time=0 wait for channel
3030 Maxtime=10
3040 REPEAT
!Establish a loop to
!assignment to complete
3050 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STAT:TCH:ARFCN?” !Check call status for HP 8922M/S to see if
3060 new channel
ENTER Uut;Reparfcn !mobile has reached
!Short pause. Channel 3070 WAIT .1
changes use FACCH which
3080 Time=Time+1 for Tx level changes
!is faster than SACCH
2-24
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
3090 UNTIL Reparfcn=Arfcn OR Time=Maxtime !If reported ARFCN matches programmed ARFCN
3100 IF Time=Maxtime THEN complete and mobile is on
!FACCH handshake is
3110 Errcount=Errcount+1 !new channel.
3120 Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile failed channel assignment” !If mobile fails to reach new channel, set an error
3130 END IF !Now mobile is stable on new Tx level and ARFCN
3140 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:FTCP:POW?” meter
3150 ENTER Uut;Fpwrmeas(Arcount,Txcount)
!read the peak power
3160 OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?” !Read the
Agilent 8922M/S analyzer expected input level
3170 ENTER Uut;Anlevel measured power to check that
!and compare with the
!the result is within 3180 Threedb=ABS(Anlevel-Fpwrmeas(Arcount,Txcount)) the allowed +/-3dB window
3190 IF Threedb>3 THEN
3200 Errcount=Errcount+1
3210 Error$(Errcount)=”Fast power meas 3dB input range exceeded”
3220 END IF
3230 NEXT Arcount
3240 NEXT Txcount
3250 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
S error log
!Check Agilent 8922M/
3260 !
3270!================================================================================
====
3280 !
3290 !PERFORM BIT ERROR MEASUREMENTS
3300 !
3310 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR BER1” test screen
3320 FOR Rxcount=1 TO Numberpwr link power levels
!Display single BER
!Outer loop for down-
3330 Berpo=Berpwr(Rxcount) level from array
3340 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Berpo
S Generator to downlink power
3350 Count=0 wait for the mobile’s receiver
3360 Instance=0 downlink level change.
!Get downlink power
!Program Agilent 8922M/
!Establish a loop to
!AGC to recover from
3370 REPEAT
RXQual will indicate when
3390 Count=Count+1 is used to check and wait
!The mobile’s reported
3380 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:RESET” !the AGC has recovered. Start by clearing old SACCH
!The inner REPEAT loop
!for the next SACCH 3400 Rxqualsettle=-1 report from mobile. When the
3410 Time=0 waiting for a report, after a SACCH
!Agilent 8922M/S is
3420 REPEAT !reset it returns -1
3430 WAIT .3 !Pause. SACCH is a low bandwidth channel.
3440 Time=Time+1
3450 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RQU?” from the mobile
!Read the SACCH report
3460 ENTER Uut;Rxqualsettle !-1 is returned if
Agilent 8922M/S is still waiting
3470 UNTIL Time>7 OR Rxqualsettle<>-1 !for the report
3480 IF Rxqualsettle<=4 THEN !If RxQual is less than 4, it’s good enough to
3490 Instance=Instance+1 checks for more than
!continue.
The program
2-25
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
3500 ELSE at RxQual 4 or less to
3510 Instance=0 has stabalized. The
!3 consecutive reports
!be be sure the mobile
3520 END IF to 2 reports at the old
!mobile may return up
3530 UNTIL Count>20 OR Instance>3 !level, before it recognizes the input level
3540 IF Count>20 OR Rxqualsettle=-1 THEN !change
3550 Errcount=Errcount+1 !If RxQual does not stabalize, report an error
3560 Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile receiver AGC did not respond to downlink level change”
3570 END IF
3580 test ARFCN
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numberarfcn !Inner loop for BER
3590 Arfcn=Berarfcn(Arcount) !Get ARFCN from array
3600 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn !Request channel assignment. Agilent 8922M/S will hold
3610 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET:MODE ‘RUN’” !off BER test until channel change is done. Run test.
3620 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:RESET” !While BER test is running, test SACCH reports
3630 Rxlev(Arcount,Rxcount)=-1 !Clear old reports
3640 Time=0
3650 REPEAT !Loop and wait for
SACCH report. -1 is returned
3660 WAIT .3
!when Agilent 8922M/
S is waiting for report
3670 Time=Time+1
3680 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RLEV?” !Read RxLev
3690 ENTER Uut;Rxlev(Arcount,Rxcount)
3700 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RQU?” !Read RxQual
3710 ENTER Uut;Rxqual(Arcount,Rxcount)
3720 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:MS:TERR?” !Also read uplink timing error
3730 ENTER Uut;Txtim(Arcount,Rxcount)
3740 UNTIL Time>7 OR Rxlev(Arcount,Rxcount)<>-1 report not ready
3750 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:BET:BERR:RATIO1?”
!Try again if SACCH
!Read bit error test result
3760 ENTER Uut;Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)
3770
%
Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)=Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)/10000 !Convert from ppm to
3780 NEXT Arcount
3790 NEXT Rxcount
3800 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Bchpwr !Reset downlink to normal power
3810 errors
CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Check for any logged
3820 !
3830 !=========================================================================
3840 !
3850
3860 timer
Clock(2)=TIMEDATE-Clock(2)
Clock(3)=TIMEDATE
!Stop measurement timer
!Start call clearing
3870 !
3880
!================================================================================
3890 !
3900 !END THE CALL
3910 !
3920 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP CELL1” !Display the cell control screen
3930 mination
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:END” !Request a call ter-
3940 Time=0 wait for the mobile
!Establish a loop to
2-26
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
3950 REPEAT !to clear the call
3960 Time=Time+1
3970 WAIT 1
3980 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?” !Check the call status
3990 ENTER Uut;Status$
4000 UNTIL Status$=”””INACTIVE””” OR Time>30 !Call status will go to inactive when the
4010 IF Time>30 THEN !mobile has cleared
4020 Errcount=Errcount+1
4030 Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile failed to end call” mobile fails to clear
4040 GOTO Timeflag
!Log an error if the
!and go to the timeout code
4050 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Check for any
Agilent 8922M/S logged errors
4060 END IF
4070 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Dsparfcn(1) mobile Tx level ready
!Reset the ARFCN and
4080 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV “;Dsppwr(1) next phone
!to begin testing the
4090
!===================================================================================
4100 !
4110 Clock(3)=TIMEDATE-Clock(3) !Stop the call clearing timer
4120 !
4130
!====================================================================================
4140 !
4150 !PRINT MEASUREMENT RESULTS
4160 !
4170 CALL
Sub_printit(Fparfcn(*),Fppwr(*),Fpwrmeas(*),Null(*),Null(*),Null(*),Null(*),Nullst$(*
),Numfparfcn,Numfppwr,Message$(3),Message$(4),Emptyst$,Empty)
4180 CALL
Sub_printit(Dsparfcn(*),Dsppwr(*),Slpwr(*),Pkpher(*),Rmspher(*),Frer(*),Null(*),Mask$
(*),Numdsparfcn,Numdsppwr,Message$(5),Message$(6),Emptyst$,Empty)
4190 CALL
Sub_printit(Berarfcn(*),Berpwr(*),Ber1(*),Rxqual(*),Rxlev(*),Txtim(*),Null(*),Nullst$
(*),Numberarfcn,Numberpwr,Message$(7),Message$(8),Emptyst$,Empty)
4200 !
4210
!====================================================================================
4220 !
4230 !PRINT TEST TIMES AND ERROR MESSAGES
4240 !
4250 !
4260 FOR X=1 TO 3
4270 PRINT Message$(X+9);DROUND(Clock(X),4);Message$(9)
4280 NEXT X
4290 PRINT
4300 PRINT
4310 IF Errcount=0 THEN
4320 Errcount=1
4330 Error$(1)=”No Errors”
4340 END IF
4350 FOR X=1 TO Errcount
4360 PRINT Error$(X)
4370 NEXT X
4380 Errcount=0
4390 !
4400
!=================================================================================
4410 !
4420 !LOOP IF ANOTHER PHONE IS TO BE TESTED
4430 !
4440 PRINT Message$(2)
4450 INPUT Answer$
2-27
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
4460 Run$=”no”
4470 IF Answer$=”Y” OR Answer$=”y” THEN Run$=”yes”
4480 UNTIL Run$<>”yes”
4490 END
4500 !
4510
!====================================================================================
4520 !SUBROUTINES BELOW
4530
!====================================================================================
4540 !
4550 !RESULTS PRINTING SUBROUTINE
4560 !
4570 SUB
Sub_printit(Result1(*),Result2(*),Result3(*),Result4(*),Result5(*),Result6(*),Result7
(*),Result8$(*),Numarfcn,Numpwr,Title$,Heading$,Emptyst$,Empty)
4580 PRINT Title$
4590 PRINT
4600 PRINT Heading$
4610 FOR Arcount=1 TO Numarfcn
4620 FOR Txcount=1 TO Numpwr
4630 PRINT Result1(Arcount),
4640 PRINT Result2(Txcount),
4650 IF Result3(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result3(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4660 IF Result4(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result4(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4670 IF Result5(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result5(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4680 IF Result6(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result6(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4690 IF Result7(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result7(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4700 IF Result8$(1,1)<>Emptyst$ THEN PRINT Result8$(Arcount,Txcount),
4710 PRINT
4720 NEXT Txcount
4730 NEXT Arcount
4740 PRINT
4750 SUBEND
4760 !
4770 !=============================================================================
4780 !
4790 !CHECK FOR Agilent 8922M/S SYSTEM ERRORS
4800 !
4810 SUB Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
4820 DIM Systemerror$[100]
4830 REPEAT !Set up a loop to drain the
Agilent 8922M/S error stack
4840 OUTPUT Uut;”SYSTEM:ERROR?” !Read the last error from the stack
4850 ENTER Uut;Systemerror$
4860 IF VAL(Systemerror$)<>0 THEN !Code 0 indicates no error
4870 Errcount=Errcount+1 !If not zero, add the error to the programs error array
4880 Error$(Errcount)=Systemerror$
4890 END IF
4900 UNTIL VAL(Systemerror$)=0 !End when all the errors have been read
4910 SUBEND
4920 !
4930 !==============================================================================
4940 !end of program
2-28
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
Program 2
10 !RE-STORE “PROG2”
20 !RE-SAVE “PROG2:,1404”
30 !=========================================================================
40 !
50 !Example program 2
60 !
70 and M
!Advanced GPIB techniques for measuring a GSM900 mobile using the Agilent 8922S
80 quency
!GSM MS Test Sets.
The program measures Tx power, power vs time, phase and fre-
90 !error, bit error ratio, timing error, Rx Lev and Rx Qual.
A hopping TCH is used
100 !to minimize channel change time. Power measurements are used to indicate when the mobile
110 !has settled after a Tx Level change
120 !
130 !(c) Agilent Technologies 1996
140 !
150 !Rev 1.0
160 !I R HP QMD 7.9.94
170 !Slightly modified by C B 24.1.96 - Changed F/H to M/S throughout
180 !============================================================================
190 !
200 DIM Berpwr(5) !Downlink power levels in dBm for bit error test
210 DIM Berarfcn(125) !ARFCN to perform bit error test on
220 DIM Dsppwr(15) !Mobile Tx power levels for DSP test
230 DIM Dsparfcn(124) !ARFCN to perform DSP test on
240 DIM Fparfcn(124) !ARFCN to perform fast power test on
250 DIM Fppwr(15) !Mobile Tx power levels for fast power test
260 DIM Message$(30)[100] !Output strings
270 DIM Error$(50)[100] !Error message strings
280 DIM Err$[100] !Internally used temporary error string
290 DIM Rmspher(50,50) !Measurement results from rms phase error, dimensions(ARFCN,TXLEVEL)
300 DIM Pkpher(50,50) !Measurement results from peak phase error
310 DIM Frer(50,50) !Measurement results from freq error
320 DIM Slpwr(50,50) !Measurement results from DSP analyzer power measurement
330 DIM Txtim(50,50) !Tx timing error measurement results
340 DIM Fpwrmeas(50,50) !Measurement results from fast power
350 DIM Ber1(50,50) !Bit error test measurement results, dimensions(ARFCN,Downlink Power)
360 DIM Clock(5) !Test Times
370 DIM Mask$(50,50)[10] !Power versus time limit mask specification
380 DIM Rxqual(50,50) !RxQual measurement results, dimensions(ARFCN,Downlink Power)
390 DIM Rxlev(50,50) !RxLev measurement results
400 DIM Null(50,50) !Empty array
410 DIM Nullst$(50,50)[50] !Empty string array
420 DIM Ca$[124] ping call
!String for CA (Cell Allocation) table, used for hop-
430 DIM Ma$[63] !String for MA (Mobile Allocation) table, used for hopping call
440 !
450 !====================================================================
460 !
470 !GENERAL MEASUREMENT SET UP SPECIFIED
480 !
490 Uut=714 !GPIB address of Agilent 8922M/S
500 Extloss=-1 !Loss of cable linking 8922 to mobile (loss=-xdB)
510 Bchpwr=-80 !BCCH power level in dBm
520 Imsi$=”’001012345678901’” !Paging IMSI of mobile’s test SIM
530 Timeouttime=30 !The GPIB timeout in seconds
2-29
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
540 Leveltol=1 !Power tolerence to indicate TX Level has settled after change (dB)
550 Fpthreshold=.3
lyzer channel change (dB)
!Power tolerence for fast power measurement after ana-
560 !
570 !======================================================================
580 !
590 !MEASUREMENT POINTS ARE DEFINED IN THIS SECTION
600 !
610 !Bit error ratio test
620 !
630 Numberpwr=1 !The number of downlink power levels for bit error test
640 Berpwr(1)=-102
Etc....
650 Bits1=10000 bination
!The power level in dBm of the first downlink power.
!The number of bits to test at each ARFCN/Power com-
660 Numberarfcn=3 !The number of ARFCN for bit error test
670 Berarfcn(1)=1 !The value of the first ARFCN. Etc....
680 Berarfcn(2)=65
690 Berarfcn(3)=124
700 !
710 !
720 !NOTE: with hopping call method used in this program, no two ARFCN in either DSP or Fast Power
730 ! should be placed too close together. Closely spaced ARFCN will allow unwanted energy to
740 !
to fall within the Agilent 8922M/S IF bandwidth and RF rise trigger on the wrong timeslot.
750 ! Expect DSP FM Errors if this happens.
760 !
770 !DSP measurememnts
780 !
790 Numdsppwr=3 !The number of mobile TX Levels for DSP test
800 Dsppwr(1)=5 !The value of the first TX Level. Etc...
810 Dsppwr(2)=10
820 Dsppwr(3)=15
830 Numdsparfcn=3 !The number of ARFCN for DSP test
840 Dsparfcn(1)=1 !The value of the first ARFCN. Etc....
850 Dsparfcn(2)=65
860 Dsparfcn(3)=124
870 !
880 !Fast Power measurements
890 !
900 Numfppwr=8 !The number of mobile TX Levels for fast power test
910 Fppwr(1)=6 !The value of the first TX Level. Etc....
920 Fppwr(2)=7
930 Fppwr(3)=8
940 Fppwr(4)=9
950 Fppwr(5)=11
960 Fppwr(6)=12
970 Fppwr(7)=13
980 Fppwr(8)=14
990 Numfparfcn=3 !The number of ARFCN for fast power test
1000 Fparfcn(1)=1 !The value of the first ARFCN. Etc...
1010 Fparfcn(2)=65
1020 Fparfcn(3)=124
1030 !
1040 !=========================================================================
1050 !
1060 !PRINT MESSAGES ARE DEFINED BELOW
1070 !
1080 Message$(1)=”Answer call when mobile rings”
1090 Message$(2)=”Would you like to test again? (y or n)”
1100 Message$(3)=”Results from Fast Power Measurement”
1110 Message$(4)=”ARFCN TXLEV POWER dBm”
1120 Message$(5)=”Results from Power, Power vs Time & Modulation Measurements”
1130 Message$(6)=”ARFCN TXLEV POWER dBm Pk & RMS PHASE FREQ ERROR MASK”
2-30
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
1140 Message$(7)=”Results from BER Test”
1150 Message$(8)=”ARFCN Downlink dBm BER1% RxQual RxLev TIMERR”
1160 Message$(9)=” Seconds.”
1170 Message$(10)=”Time for phone to camp and answer page: “
1180 Message$(11)=”Time for testing : “
1190 Message$(12)=”Time for call clear down : “
1200 !
1210 Emptyst$=”@”
1220 Empty=-999
1230 Nullst$(1,1)=Emptyst$
1240 Null(1,1)=Empty
1250 !
1260 !==========================================================================
1270 !
1280 !ERROR AND TIMEOUT HANDLING
1290 !
!Get the GPIB port code from Uut 1300 Busport=INT(Uut/100) address
1310 CLEAR Busport commands
!Clear bus from any aborted previous
1320 Timeinit$=”yes” executed first pass
1330 ON TIMEOUT Busport,Timeouttime GOTO Timeflag for HPIB timeouts
!Set a flag so timeout code is not
!Establish goto flag
1340 Timeflag:IF Timeinit$<>”yes” THEN here
!After a timeout, execution comes
1350 OFF TIMEOUT Busport
1360 CLEAR Busport !Clear any half done commands
1370 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘disarm’” !Dissarm the DSP trigger
1380 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Gather any error message from the
Agilent 8922M/S
1390 PRINT “Measurement Timed Out. Ending Test”
1400 IF Errcount=0 THEN
1410 Errcount=1
1420 Error$(1)=”No errors recorded”
1430 END IF
1440 FOR X=1 TO Errcount !Print error messages
1450 PRINT Error$(X)
1460 NEXT X
1470 STOP !Execution stops here after critical errors
1480 ELSE
1490 Timeinit$=”no” be a real timeout
!Reset flag so next time, it must
1500 END IF
1510 Errcount=0
1520 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Clear any old errors from
Agilent 8922M/S before the
1530 Errcount=0 !test begins
1540 !
1550 !===========================================================================
1560 !
1570 !PRESET THE HP 8922M/S AND SET IT TO THE CORRECT COMPATIBILITY MODE (executed once only)
1580 !
1590 !
1600 OUTPUT Uut;”*RST” !Preset the Agilent 8922M/S
1610 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP?” !Check compatability mode and set to M or S
1620 ENTER Uut;Product$
1630 IF Product$<>”””8922S””” AND Product$<>”””8922M””” THEN
1640 IF Product$=”””8922E””” THEN OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP ‘8922S’”
1650 IF Product$=”””8922G””” THEN OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP ‘8922M’”
1660 OUTPUT Uut;”*RST” !A preset is needed after compatability change
1670 END IF
1680 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Check for any errors logged by
Agilent 8922M/S
2-31
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
1690 !
1700
!================================================================================
1710 !
1720 !CREATE CA AND MA TABLES FOR HOPPED TCH (executed once only)
1730 !
1740 !
1750 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CCON” !Display the cell config screen
1760 OUTPUT Uut;”CCON:STATE ‘settable’”
MA tables
!Take the cell down to edit CA and
1770 Mano=0 !Count for number of MA entries
1780 Ca$=”” !String will be used for CA table
1790 FOR X=1 TO 124
1800 Bit$=”0”
!Count through 124 possible ARFCN
!Set CA table entry initially to zero
1810 FOR Y=1 TO Numfparfcn !Check all fast power ARFCN for
ARFCN X
1820 a one
IF Fparfcn(Y)=X THEN Bit$=”1” !If ARFCN = X make this CA entry
1830 NEXT Y
1840 FOR Y=1 TO Numdsparfcn !Similarly check DSP ARFCN
1850 IF Dsparfcn(Y)=X THEN Bit$=”1”
1860 NEXT Y
1870 Ca$=Ca$&Bit$ !Add this digit to CA string
1880 IF Bit$=”1” THEN Mano=Mano+1 !If the entry is one, there will need to be an MA entry
1890 NEXT X
1900 FOR X=1 TO 63 !Count through the MA table
1910 Bit$=”0” !Initial value for MA digit X
1920 IF Mano>0 THEN Bit$=”1” !Place the same nomber of 1s in the MA as in the CA
1930 Mano=Mano-1
1940 Ma$=Ma$&Bit$
1950 NEXT X
1960 OUTPUT Uut;”CCON:CA “&”’”&Ca$&”’” !Output the CA and MA tables
1970 OUTPUT Uut;”CCON:MA1 “&”’”&Ma$&”’”
1980 OUTPUT Uut;”CCON:MA2 “&”’”&Ma$&”’”
1990 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CELL1” and select +
2000 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MODE ‘ACTIVE CELL +’” activates cell
2010 !
2020 !
!Display the cell control screen,
!mode for hopped call. Mode change
2030 !============================================================================
2040 !
2050 !SET THE Agilent 8922M/S INITIAL CONDITIONS (executed once only)
2060 !
2070 !
2080 OUTPUT Uut;”MSINFO:PAGING:IMSI “&Imsi$ !Set the paging IMSI
2090 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:RFIN “;Extloss !Set the external cable loss
2100 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Dsparfcn(1) !Set the ARFCN to the first expected test point
2110 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV “;Dsppwr(1) !Set the mobile Tx Level to the first test point
2120 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:MODE ‘ON’” !Turn external offset mode ON to use cable loss
2130 OUTPUT Uut;”CW:PMZERO” !Zero the power meter
2140 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Bchpwr signalling
!Set the downlink power for normal
!Set the DSP meas trigger to single 2150 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:MODE ‘SINGLE’” trig mode
2160 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET ‘SINGLE’” gle trig mode
!Set bit error meas trigger to sin-
2170 OUTPUT Uut;”BET:BITS1 “;Bits1 sured for bit error
!Set the number of bits to be mea-
2180 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR DSP” !Display the DSP amplitude main screen to enter limits
2190 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR:DSP:VIEW ‘AMPL MAIN’” !for power versus time mask
2-32
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
2200 DATA -40,-28,-18,-10,0,180,360,542.769,547.769,552.769,560.769,570.769 !Mask
corner times in us
2210 DATA -36,-30,-6,4,1,1,1,1,1,-6,-30,-36 !Upper
limits in dB
2220 DATA -60,-60,-60,-60,-1,-1,-1,-1,-60,-60,-60,-60 its in dB
!Lower lim-
2230 FOR X=1 TO 12
2240 READ Masktim !Reas corner times from DATA statement
2250 Masktim=Masktim/1.E+6 !Convert seconds
2260 Num$=VAL$(X) !Convert index to string for HPIB
2270 OUTPUT Uut;”DSP:AMPL:”&”time”&Num$&” “;Masktim
2280 NEXT X
!Output marker times
2290 FOR X=1 TO 12
2300 READ Maskup limits
2310 Num$=VAL$(X)
!Read and output upper
2320 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:HLIM “;Maskup
2330 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:HLIM:STATE ON”
2340 NEXT X
2350 FOR X=1 TO 12
2360 limits
READ Masklo !Read and output lower
2370 Num$=VAL$(X)
2380 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:LLIM “;Masklo
2390 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:LLIM:STATE ON”
2400 NEXT X
2410 !
2420
!=================================================================================
2430 !
2440 !ESTABLISH A LOOP TO BE EXECUTED EACH TIME A MOBILE IS TESTED
2450 !
2460 !
2470 Run$=”yes” !Flag for REPEAT loop
2480 REPEAT
2490 Clock(1)=TIMEDATE !Start a test time clock for call set up
2500 !
2510
!=================================================================================
2520 !
2530 !PAGE THE MOBILE AND ESTABLISH A CALL
2540 !
2550 !
2560 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CELL1” !Display the cell control screen
2570 message
PRINT Message$(1) !Output answer call
2580 mode
2600
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:TCH1:MODE ‘hopped’”
Time=0 to answer
!Set the TCH to hop
2590 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:ORIGINATE” !Page mobile
Agilent 8922M/S org call
!Set counter for mobile
2610 Maxtime=100
2620 REPEAT
2630 Time=Time+1
2640 WAIT 1
2650 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?” for connected
2660 ENTER Uut;Status$
2670 UNTIL Status$=”””CONNECTED””” OR Time>Maxtime
2680 IF Time>Maxtime THEN
2690 Errcount=Errcount+1
2700 Error$(Errcount)=”Call could not be established”
!Check the call status
2-33
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
2710 GOTO Timeflag !If wait too long, goto timeout code
2720 END IF
2730 !
2740
!===================================================================================
2750 !
2760
2770
2780 !
Clock(1)=TIMEDATE-Clock(1)
Clock(2)=TIMEDATE
!End call set up timer
!Start measurement timer
2790
!===================================================================================
2800 !
2810 !UNCOUPLE Agilent 8922M/S RF ANALYZER FROM GSM BASE STATION EMULATOR
2820 !
2830 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TADV:MODE ‘manual’” at 0 so 8922 doesn’t auto adjust
2840 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:DDEM:AST ‘disarm’” demodulator
!Fix timing advance
!Disable the uplink
!Stop the RF Analyzer 2850 OUTPUT Uut;”HOPC:RFAN:AST ‘disarm’” from hopping
2860 OUTPUT Uut;”HOPC:RFAN:MODE ‘non-hop’”
2870 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:SOUR ‘rf rise’” from RF rise, when the
2880 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:DEL 0” the IF bandwidth
2890 !
!Trigger measurements
!signal falls within
2900
!===================================================================================
2910 !
2920 !PERFORM DSP MEASUREMENTS
2930 !
2940 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP DSP” !Return to the DSP amplitude main screen
2950 FOR Txcount=1 TO Numdsppwr !Outer loop for Tx levels
2960
2970 level
Txlev=Dsppwr(Txcount)
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlev
2980 Txlevchange$=”true”
2990
3000
3010
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numdsparfcn
Arfcn=Dsparfcn(Arcount)
Freq=(890+Arfcn*.2)*1000000
!Get Tx level from array
!Program mobile’s Tx
!Inner loop for ARFCN
!Get ARFCN from array
!Calculate ARFCN frequency
3020 OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:FREQ “;Freq to select individual ARFCN
3040 REPEAT if mobile not settled
!Tune the RF Analyzer
3030 Count=0 !Establish counter for repeat measurements
!May need to repeat
3050 ment
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘ARM’” !Arm the DSP measure-
3060 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:RMS?” !Read all the DSP results: rms phase error
3070 ENTER Uut;Rmspher(Arcount,Txcount)
3080 !Note: program will stick here, waiting for input if mobile fails to provide a valid signal to trigger
3090 !
the Agilent 8922M/S.
The program will timeout.
The timeout code dissarms the Agilent 8922M/S trigger.
3100 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:PEAK?” !
peak phase error
3110 ENTER Uut;Pkpher(Arcount,Txcount)
3120 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:FRE-
QUENCY?”! frequency error
3130 ENTER Uut;Frer(Arcount,Txcount)
3140 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:MSUM?” !
power versus time mask
3150 ENTER Uut;Mask$(Arcount,Txcount)
2-34
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
3160
Tx power
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PTCP?”
3170 ENTER Uut;Slpwr(Arcount,Txcount)
3180 OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?”
!
!Read expected power level to compare with
3190 ENTER Uut;Anlevel !measured and +/-3dB allowed range
3200 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:SSTATUS?” !Check for any DSP measurement errors
3210 ENTER Uut;Sstatus$
3220 Threedb=ABS(Anlevel-Slpwr(Arcount,Txcount)) between measured and expected
!Calculate difference
3230 Count=Count+1
3240 UNTIL Count=3 OR Threedb<Leveltol OR Txlevchange$=”false” !Re-do DSP once if phone fails, the mobile
3250 IF Sstatus$<>”””No Error””” OR Threedb>3 THEN !may still be settling after Tx Level change
3260 Err$=”DSP Measurement Problem “ sage string
3270 IF Sstatus$<>”””No Error””” THEN Err$=Err$&Sstatus$
!Create an error mes-
3280 IF Threedb>3 THEN Err$=Err$&” 3dB input range exceeded”
3290 Errcount=Errcount+1
3300 Error$(Errcount)=Err$
3310 END IF
3320 Txlevchange$=”false”
3330 NEXT Arcount
3340 NEXT Txcount
3350 !
3360
!==================================================================================
3370 !
3380 !PERFORM FAST POWER MEASUREMENTS
3390 !
3400 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CELL1” screen
3410 FOR Txcount=Numfppwr TO 1 STEP -1
Tx levels
3420
3430
Txlev=Fppwr(Txcount)
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlev level
3440 Txlevchange$=”true”
!Display cell control
!Outer loop for mobile
!Get Tx level from array
!Program mobile’s Tx
3450
3460
3470 from ARFCN
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numfparfcn
Arfcn=Fparfcn(Arcount)
Freq=(890+Arfcn*.2)*1000000
!Inner loop for ARFCN
!Get ARFCN from array
!Calculate frequency
3480 OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:FREQ “;Freq !Tune analyzer frequency
3490 settling
Txlevcount=0 !Count for Tx Level
3500 REPEAT
Level settles
!Loop while mobile Tx
3510 Count=0 !Count for inner loop
3520 Fastpower1=0 !Swap variable for fast power measurement
3530 REPEAT !Loop untill value stabalizes after analyzer
3540 Fastpower2=Fastpower1 !tuning.
3550 meter
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:FTCP:POW?” !read the peak power
3560 ENTER Uut;Fastpower1
3570 Deltapower=ABS(Fastpower1-Fastpower2) !Look for change since last measurement
3580 Count=Count+1 !Though away 4 old readings (in Agilent 8922M/S
3590 UNTIL (Count>4 AND Deltapower<Fpthreshold) OR Count>10 !measuremement
pipline) then look for settled
3600 IF Count>10 THEN !value on new measurement ARFCN. If it never
2-35
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
3610 Errcount=Errcount+1 !settles note an error
3620 Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile’s output power did not settle within
‘Fpthreshold’ limits”
3630 END IF
3640 Fpwrmeas(Arcount,Txcount)=(Fastpower1+Fastpower2)/2 !Average last two good readings
3650 OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?” !Read the
Agilent 8922M/S analyzer expected input level
3660 ENTER Uut;Anlevel measured power to check that
!and compare with the
3670 Threedb=ABS(Anlevel-Fpwrmeas(Arcount,Txcount)) the allowed +/-3dB window
!the result is within
3680 Txlevcount=Txlevcount+1
3690 UNTIL Threedb<Leveltol OR Txlevcount>10 OR Txlevchange$=”false”
3700 IF Threedb>3 THEN
3710 Errcount=Errcount+1
3720 Error$(Errcount)=”Fast power meas 3dB input range exceeded”
3730 END IF
3740 Txlevchange$=”false”
3750 NEXT Arcount
3760 NEXT Txcount
3770 !
3780
!==================================================================================
3790 !
3800 !RE-COUPLE Agilent 8922M/S RF ANALYZER TO BASE STATION EMULATOR
3810 !
3820 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:DEL 473.4T” !Set approx three timeslot delay for internal
3830 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:SOUR ‘ext demod’” !downlink trigger, and select downlink trigger
3840 OUTPUT Uut;”HOPC:RFAN:MODE ‘hop’”
3860 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:DDEM:AST ‘arm’” demodulator
!Set analyzer back to hopping mode
3850 OUTPUT Uut;”HOPC:RFAN:AST ‘arm’” !Re-enable hopping
!Re-enable the uplink
3870 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TADV:MODE ‘auto’” !Return to default timing advance mode
3880 !
3890
!==================================================================================
3900 !
3910 !PERFORM BIT ERROR MEASUREMENTS
3920 !
!Note: 4 BER measurements can be made in parallel
3930 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR BER1” !Display single BER test screen
3940 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:TCH1:MODE ‘single’” !Return to non-hop
TCH. Next channel change executes FACCH
3950 FOR Rxcount=1 TO Numberpwr link power levels
3960 Berpo=Berpwr(Rxcount)
!Outer loop for down-
!Get downlink power level from array
3970 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Berpo
S Generator to downlink power
3980 Count=0
!Program Agilent 8922M/
!Establish a loop to wait for the mobile’s receiver
3990 Instance=0 downlink level change.
4000 REPEAT
!AGC to recover from
!The mobile’s reported
RXQual will indicate when
4010 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:RESET” !the AGC has recovered. Start by clearing old SACCH
4020 Count=Count+1 is used to check and wait
4030 Rxqualsettle=-1 report from mobile. When the
!The inner REPEAT loop
!for the next SACCH
2-36
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
4040 Time=0 waiting for a report, after a SACCH
!Agilent 8922M/S is
4050 REPEAT !reset it returns -1
4060 WAIT .3 !Pause. SACCH is a low bandwidth channel.
4070 Time=Time+1
4080 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RQU?” from the mobile
!Read the SACCH report
4090 ENTER Uut;Rxqualsettle !-1 is returned if
Agilent 8922M/S is still waiting
4100 UNTIL Time>7 OR Rxqualsettle<>-1 !for the report
4110 IF Rxqualsettle<=4 THEN !If RxQual is less than 4, it’s good enough to
4120 Instance=Instance+1 checks for more than
4130 ELSE
!continue.
The program
!3 consecutive reports at RxQual 4 or less to
4140 Instance=0 has stabalized. The
4150 END IF
!be be sure the mobile
!mobile may return up to 2 reports at the old
4160 UNTIL Count>20 OR Instance>3 !level, before it recognizes the input level
4170 IF Count>20 OR Rxqualsettle=-1 THEN !change
4180 Errcount=Errcount+1 stabalize, report an error
!If RxQual does not
4190 Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile receiver AGC did not respond to downlink level change”
4200 END IF
4210 FOR Arcount=1 TO Numberarfcn !Inner loop for BER test ARFCN
4220 Arfcn=Berarfcn(Arcount) !Get ARFCN from array
4230 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn !Request channel assignment. Agilllent 8922M/S will hold
4240 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET:MODE ‘RUN’” !off BER test until channel change is done. Run test.
4250 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:RESET” !While BER test is running, test SACCH reports
4260 Rxlev(Arcount,Rxcount)=-1 !Clear old reports
4270 Time=0
4280 REPEAT !Loop and wait for
SACCH report. -1 is returned
4290 WAIT .3
!when HP 8922M/S is waiting for report
4300 Time=Time+1
4310 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RLEV?” !Read RxLev
4320 ENTER Uut;Rxlev(Arcount,Rxcount)
4330 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RQU?” !Read RxQual
4340 ENTER Uut;Rxqual(Arcount,Rxcount)
4350 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:MS:TERR?” !Also read uplink timing error
4360 ENTER Uut;Txtim(Arcount,Rxcount)
4370 UNTIL Time>7 OR Rxlev(Arcount,Rxcount)<>-1 report not ready
4380 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:BET:BERR:RATIO1?” result
4390 ENTER Uut;Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)
4400
%
Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)=Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)/10000
!Try again if SACCH
!Read bit error test
!Convert from ppm to
4410 NEXT Arcount
4420 NEXT Rxcount
4430 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Bchpwr !Reset downlink to normal power
4440 !
4450
!================================================================================
4460 !
4470 Clock(2)=TIMEDATE-Clock(2) !Stop measurement timer
2-37
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
4480 timer
4490 !
4500
Clock(3)=TIMEDATE !Start call clearing
!================================================================================
4510 !
4520 !END THE CALL
4530 !
4540 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP CELL1” !Display the cell control screen
4550 mination
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:END” !Request a call ter-
4560 Time=0 wait for the mobile
!Establish a loop to
4570 REPEAT !to clear the call
4580 Time=Time+1
4590 WAIT 1
4600 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?”
4610 ENTER Uut;Status$
4620 UNTIL Status$=”””INACTIVE””” OR Time>30
!Check the call status
!Call status will go to inactive when the
4630 IF Time>30 THEN !mobile has cleared
4640 Errcount=Errcount+1
4650 Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile failed to end call” mobile fails to clear
4660 GOTO Timeflag
!Log an error if the
!and go to the timeout code
4670 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Check for any
Agilent 8922M/S logged errors
4680 END IF
4690 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Dsparfcn(1) mobile Tx level ready
!Reset the ARFCN and
4700 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV “;Dsppwr(1) next phone
!to begin testing the
4710
!===================================================================================
4720 !
4730 Clock(3)=TIMEDATE-Clock(3) !Stop the call clearing timer
4740 !
4750
!====================================================================================
4760 !
4770 !PRINT MEASUREMENT RESULTS
4780 !
4790 CALL
Sub_printit(Fparfcn(*),Fppwr(*),Fpwrmeas(*),Null(*),Null(*),Null(*),Null(*),Nullst$(*
),Numfparfcn,Numfppwr,Message$(3),Message$(4),Emptyst$,Empty)
4800 CALL
Sub_printit(Dsparfcn(*),Dsppwr(*),Slpwr(*),Pkpher(*),Rmspher(*),Frer(*),Null(*),Mask$
(*),Numdsparfcn,Numdsppwr,Message$(5),Message$(6),Emptyst$,Empty)
4810 CALL
Sub_printit(Berarfcn(*),Berpwr(*),Ber1(*),Rxqual(*),Rxlev(*),Txtim(*),Null(*),Nullst$
(*),Numberarfcn,Numberpwr,Message$(7),Message$(8),Emptyst$,Empty)
4820 !
4830
!====================================================================================
4840 !
4850 !PRINT TEST TIMES AND ERROR MESSAGES
4860 !
4870 !
4880 FOR X=1 TO 3
4890 PRINT Message$(X+9);DROUND(Clock(X),4);Message$(9)
4900 NEXT X
4910 PRINT
4920 PRINT
4930 IF Errcount=0 THEN
4940 Errcount=1
2-38
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
4950 Error$(1)=”No Errors”
4960 END IF
4970 FOR X=1 TO Errcount
4980 PRINT Error$(X)
4990 NEXT X
5000 Errcount=0
5010 !
5020
!==================================================================================
5030 !
5040 !LOOP IF ANOTHER PHONE IS TO BE TESTED
5050 !
5060 PRINT Message$(2)
5070 INPUT Answer$
5080 Run$=”no”
5090 IF Answer$=”Y” OR Answer$=”y” THEN Run$=”yes”
5100 UNTIL Run$<>”yes”
5110 END
5120 !
5130
!====================================================================================
5140 !SUBROUTINES BELOW
5150
!====================================================================================
5160 !
5170 !RESULTS PRINTING SUBROUTINE
5180 !
5190 SUB
Sub_printit(Result1(*),Result2(*),Result3(*),Result4(*),Result5(*),Result6(*),Result7
(*),Result8$(*),Numarfcn,Numpwr,Title$,Heading$,Emptyst$,Empty)
5200 PRINT Title$
5210 PRINT
5220 PRINT Heading$
5230 FOR Arcount=1 TO Numarfcn
5240 FOR Txcount=1 TO Numpwr
5250 PRINT Result1(Arcount),
5260 PRINT Result2(Txcount),
5270 IF Result3(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result3(Arcount,Txcount),4),
5280 IF Result4(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result4(Arcount,Txcount),4),
5290 IF Result5(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result5(Arcount,Txcount),4),
5300 IF Result6(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result6(Arcount,Txcount),4),
5310 IF Result7(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result7(Arcount,Txcount),4),
5320 IF Result8$(1,1)<>Emptyst$ THEN PRINT Result8$(Arcount,Txcount),
5330 PRINT
5340 NEXT Txcount
5350 NEXT Arcount
5360 PRINT
5370 SUBEND
5380 !
5390 !=============================================================================
5400 !
5410 !CHECK FOR Agilent 8922M/S SYSTEM ERRORS
5420 !
5430 SUB Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
5440 DIM Systemerror$[100]
5450 REPEAT !Set up a loop to drain the
Agilent 8922M/S error stack
5460 OUTPUT Uut;”SYSTEM:ERROR?” stack
5470 ENTER Uut;Systemerror$
!Read the last error from the
5480 IF VAL(Systemerror$)<>0 THEN !Code 0 indicates no error
5490 Errcount=Errcount+1 !If not zero, add the error to the programs error array
5500 Error$(Errcount)=Systemerror$
5510 END IF
5520 UNTIL VAL(Systemerror$)=0 been read
5530 SUBEND
!End when all the errors have
2-39
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
5540 !
5550 !==============================================================================
5560 !end of program
Program 3
0 !RE-STORE “PROG3”
20 !RE-SAVE “PROG3:,1404”
30 !=========================================================================
40 !
50 !Example program 3
60 !
70 !GPIB program to demonstrate techniques for measuring a GSM mobile opperating in test mode using
80 !the Agilent 8922M and S GSM MS Test Sets.
The program uses the Agilent 8922M/S
Aux RF Out port to simulate
90 !the test mode mobile.
In all other respects, the Agilent 8922M/S is configured to measure a mobile
100 !without the use of over-the-air signalling. The program measures: Tx power, power versus time,
110 !phase and frequency error and bit error ratio.
120 !
130 !(c) Agilent Technologies 1996
140 !
150 !Rev 1.0
160 !I R HP QMD 7.9.94
170 !Slightly modified by C B 24.1.96 - Changed F/H to M/S throughout
180 !============================================================================
190 !
200 DIM Berpwr(5) !Downlink power levels in dBm for bit error test
210 DIM Berarfcn(125) !ARFCN to perform bit error test on
220 DIM Dsppwr(15) !Mobile Tx power levels for DSP test
230 DIM Dsparfcn(124) !ARFCN to perform DSP test on
240 DIM Fparfcn(124) !ARFCN to perform fast power test on
250 DIM Fppwr(15) !Mobile Tx power levels for fast power test
260 DIM Message$(30)[100] !Output strings
270 DIM Error$(50)[100] !Error message strings
280 DIM Err$[100] !Internally used temporary error string
290 DIM Rmspher(50,50) !Measurement results from rms phase error, dimensions(ARFCN,TXLEVEL)
300 DIM Pkpher(50,50) !Measurement results from peak phase error
310 DIM Frer(50,50) !Measurement results from freq error
320 ment
DIM Slpwr(50,50) !Measurement results from DSP analyzer power measure-
330 DIM Txtim(50,50) !Tx timing error measurement results
340 DIM Fpwrmeas(50,50) !Measurement results from fast power
350 DIM Ber1(50,50) !Bit error test measurement results, dimensions(ARFCN,Downlink Power)
360 DIM Clock(5) !Test Times
370 DIM Mask$(50,50)[10] !Power versus time limit mask specification
380 DIM Rxqual(50,50) !RxQual measurement results, dimensions(ARFCN,Downlink Power)
390 DIM Rxlev(50,50) !RxLev measurement results
400 DIM Null(50,50) !Empty array
410 DIM Nullst$(50,50)[50] !Empty string array
420 DIM Ca$[124] !String for CA (Cell Allocation) table, used for hopping call
430 DIM Ma$[63] !String for MA (Mobile Allocation) table, used for hopping call
440 !
450 !====================================================================
460 !
2-40
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
470 !GENERAL MEASUREMENT SET UP SPECIFIED
480 !
490 Uut=714 !GPIB address of Agilent 8922M/S
500 Extloss=-.5 !Loss of cable linking 8922 to mobile (loss=-xdB)
510 Bchpwr=-80 !BCCH power level in dBm
520 Timeouttime=20 !The GPIB timeout in seconds
530 Leveltol=1 !Power tolerence to indicate TX Level has settled after change (dB)
540 Fpthreshold=.3
lyzer channel change (dB)
!Power tolerence for fast power measurement after ana-
550 !
560 !======================================================================
570 !
580 !MEASUREMENT POINTS ARE DEFINED IN THIS SECTION
590 !
600 !Bit error ratio test
610 !
620 Numberpwr=1 !The number of downlink power levels for bit error test
630 Berpwr(1)=-102
Etc....
640 Bits1=10000 bination
!The power level in dBm of the first downlink power.
!The number of bits to test at each ARFCN/Power com-
650 Numberarfcn=3 !The number of ARFCN for bit error test
660 Berarfcn(1)=1 !The value of the first ARFCN. Etc....
670 Berarfcn(2)=65
680 Berarfcn(3)=124
690 !
700 !
710 !DSP measurememnts
720 !
730 Numdsppwr=3 !The number of mobile TX Levels for DSP test
740 Dsppwr(1)=5 !The value of the first TX Level. Etc...
750 Dsppwr(2)=10
760 Dsppwr(3)=15
770 Numdsparfcn=3 !The number of ARFCN for DSP test
780 Dsparfcn(1)=1 !The value of the first ARFCN. Etc....
790 Dsparfcn(2)=65
800 Dsparfcn(3)=124
810 !
820 !Fast Power measurements
830 !
840 Numfppwr=8 !The number of mobile TX Levels for fast power test
850 Fppwr(1)=6 !The value of the first TX Level. Etc....
860 Fppwr(2)=7
870 Fppwr(3)=8
880 Fppwr(4)=9
890 Fppwr(5)=11
900 Fppwr(6)=12
910 Fppwr(7)=13
920 Fppwr(8)=14
930 Numfparfcn=3 !The number of ARFCN for fast power test
940 Fparfcn(1)=1 !The value of the first ARFCN. Etc...
950 Fparfcn(2)=65
960 Fparfcn(3)=124
970 !
980 !=========================================================================
990 !
1000 !PRINT MESSAGES ARE DEFINED BELOW
1010 !
1020 Message$(1)=”Answer call when mobile rings”
1030 Message$(2)=”Would you like to test again? (y or n)”
1040 Message$(3)=”Results from Fast Power Measurement”
1050 Message$(4)=”ARFCN TXLEV POWER dBm”
1060 Message$(5)=”Results from Power, Power vs Time & Modulation Measurements”
1070 Message$(6)=”ARFCN TXLEV POWER dBm Pk & RMS PHASE FREQ ERROR MASK”
1080 Message$(7)=”Results from BER Test”
1090 Message$(8)=”ARFCN Downlink dBm BER1% RxQual RxLev TIMERR”
2-41
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
1100 Message$(9)=” Seconds.”
1110 Message$(10)=”Time for phone to camp and answer page: “
1120 Message$(11)=”Time for testing : “
1130 Message$(12)=”Time for call clear down : “
1140 !
1150 Emptyst$=”@”
1160 Empty=-999
1170 Nullst$(1,1)=Emptyst$
1180 Null(1,1)=Empty
1190 !
1200 !==========================================================================
1210 !
1220 !ERROR AND TIMEOUT HANDLING
1230 !
1240 Busport=INT(Uut/100) address
!Get the GPIB port code from Uut
1250 CLEAR Busport commands
1260 Timeinit$=”yes” executed first pass
1270 ON TIMEOUT Busport,Timeouttime GOTO Timeflag for GPIB timeouts
1280 Timeflag:IF Timeinit$<>”yes” THEN here
!Clear bus from any aborted previous
!Set a flag so timeout code is not
!Establish goto flag
!After a timeout, execution comes
1290 OFF TIMEOUT Busport
1300 CLEAR Busport !Clear any half done commands
1310 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘disarm’” !Dissarm the DSP trigger
1320 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Gather any error message from the
Agilent 8922M/S
1330 PRINT “Measurement Timed Out. Ending Test”
1340 IF Errcount=0 THEN
1350 Errcount=1
1360 Error$(1)=”No errors recorded”
1370 END IF
1380 FOR X=1 TO Errcount !Print error messages
1390 PRINT Error$(X)
1400 NEXT X
1410 STOP errors
1420 ELSE
!Execution stops here after critical
1430 Timeinit$=”no” be a real timeout
1440 END IF
1450 Errcount=0
!Reset flag so next time, it must
1460 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Clear any old errors from
Agilent 8922M/S before the
1470 Errcount=0 !test begins
1480 !
1490 !===========================================================================
1500 !
1510 !PRESET THE Agilent 8922M/S AND SET IT TO THE CORRECT COMPATIBILITY MODE (executed once only)
1520 !
1530 !
1540 OUTPUT Uut;”*RST” !Preset the Agilent 8922M/S
1550 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP?” !Check compatability mode and set to F or H
1560 ENTER Uut;Product$
1570 IF Product$<>”””8922S””” AND Product$<>”””8922M””” THEN
1580 IF Product$=”””8922E””” THEN OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP ‘8922S’”
1590 IF Product$=”””8922G””” THEN OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP ‘8922M’”
1600 OUTPUT Uut;”*RST” !A preset is needed after compatability change
1610 END IF
1620 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Check for any errors logged by
Agilent 8922M/S
1630 !
2-42
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
1640
!================================================================================
1650 !
1660 !SELECT Agilent 8922M/S OPPERATING MODE TO SUITE MOBILES IN TEST MODE (executed once only)
1670 !
1680 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MODE ‘TEST MODE’” !Select Test Mode opperation
1690 !
1700 !
1710 !============================================================================
1720 !
1730 !SET THE Agilent 8922M/S INITIAL CONDITIONS (executed once only)
1740 !
1750 !
1760 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:RFIN “;Extloss !Set the external cable loss
1770 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:MODE ‘ON’” !Turn external offset mode ON to use cable loss
1780 OUTPUT Uut;”CW:PMZERO” !Zero the power meter
1790 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Bchpwr signalling
!Set the downlink power for normal
!Set the DSP meas trigger to single 1800 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:MODE ‘SINGLE’” trig mode
1810 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET ‘SINGLE’” gle trig mode
!Set bit error meas trigger to sin-
1820 OUTPUT Uut;”BET:BITS1 “;Bits1 sured for bit error
!Set the number of bits to be mea-
1830 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR DSP” !Display the DSP amplitude main screen to enter limits
1840 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR:DSP:VIEW ‘AMPL MAIN’” !for power versus time mask
1850 DATA -40,-28,-18,-10,0,180,360,542.769,547.769,552.769,560.769,570.769 !Mask
corner times in us
1860 DATA -36,-30,-6,4,1,1,1,1,1,-6,-30,-36 !Upper
limits in dB
1870 DATA -60,-60,-60,-60,-1,-1,-1,-1,-60,-60,-60,-60 its in dB
1880 FOR X=1 TO 12
!Lower lim-
1890 READ Masktim !Reas corner times from DATA statement
1900 Masktim=Masktim/1.E+6 !Convert seconds
1910 Num$=VAL$(X) !Convert index to string for GPIB
1920 OUTPUT Uut;”DSP:AMPL:”&”time”&Num$&” “;Masktim
1930 NEXT X
1940 FOR X=1 TO 12
1950 limits
READ Maskup
!Output marker times
!Read and output upper
1960 Num$=VAL$(X)
1970 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:HLIM “;Maskup
1980 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:HLIM:STATE ON”
1990 NEXT X
2000 FOR X=1 TO 12
2010 READ Masklo limits
2020 Num$=VAL$(X)
!Read and output lower
2030 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:LLIM “;Masklo
2040 OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:LLIM:STATE ON”
2050 NEXT X
2060 !
2070
!=================================================================================
2080 !
2090 !CALL SUBROUTINE ASKING USER TO MAKE APROPRIATE CABLE CONNECTIONS
2100 !
2110 CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”CABLE”,0,0,Trickfreq,0)
Agilent 8922M/S ports to
2120 !
test mode
2130 !
!Ask user to connect
!emulate a mobile in
2-43
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
2140
!=================================================================================
2150 !
2160 !ESTABLISH A LOOP TO BE EXECUTED EACH TIME A MOBILE IS TESTED
2170 !
2180 !
2190 Run$=”yes”
2200 REPEAT
!Flag for REPEAT loop
2210 Clock(1)=TIMEDATE !Start a test time clock for call set up
2220 !
2230
!=================================================================================
2240 !
2250 !ACTIVATE THE MOBILE IN TEST MODE
2260 !
2270 CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”TXON”,Dsparfcn(1),Dsppwr(1),Trickfreq,Extloss)
!Activate the test mode mobile
2280 !
2290
!===================================================================================
2300 !
2310
2320
Clock(1)=TIMEDATE-Clock(1)
Clock(2)=TIMEDATE
!End call set up timer
!Start measurement timer
2330 !
2340
!===================================================================================
2350 !
2360 !PERFORM DSP MEASUREMENTS
2370 !
2380 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP DSP” !Return to the DSP amplitude main screen
2390 FOR Txcount=1 TO Numdsppwr !Outer loop for Tx levels
2400
2410
Txlev=Dsppwr(Txcount)
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlev
!Get Tx level from array
!Adjust Analyzer to correct power for mobile
2420 CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”TXLEV”,0,Txlev,Trickfreq,Extloss) !Command test mode mobile to new Tx Level
2430 Txlevchange$=”true”
2440
2450
2460 quency
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numdsparfcn
Arfcn=Dsparfcn(Arcount)
Freq=(890+Arfcn*.2)*1000000
!Inner loop for ARFCN
!Get ARFCN from array
!Calculate ARFCN fre-
2470 CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”ARFCN”,Arfcn,0,Freq,Extloss) !Command test mode mobile to new ARFCN
2480 OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:FREQ “;Freq !Tune Analyzer to correct frequency
2490 Count=0 !Establish counter for repeat measurements
2500 REPEAT if mobile not settled
!May need to repeat
2510 ment
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘ARM’” !Arm the DSP measure-
2520 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:RMS?” !Read all the DSP results: rms phase error
2530 ENTER Uut;Rmspher(Arcount,Txcount)
2540 !Note: program will stick here, waiting for input if mobile fails to provide a valid signal to trigger
2550 !
the HP 8922M/S.
The program will timeout.
The timeout code dissarms the
Agilent 8922M/S trigger.
2560 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:PEAK?” !
peak phase error
2570 ENTER Uut;Pkpher(Arcount,Txcount)
2580 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:FRE-
QUENCY?”! frequency error
2590 ENTER Uut;Frer(Arcount,Txcount)
2-44
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
2600 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:MSUM?” power versus time mask
2610 ENTER Uut;Mask$(Arcount,Txcount)
2620 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PTCP?”
Tx power
2630 ENTER Uut;Slpwr(Arcount,Txcount)
2640 OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?” level to compare with
2650 allowed range
ENTER Uut;Anlevel
!
!
!Read expected power
!measured and +/-3dB
2660 OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:SSTATUS?” !Check for any DSP measurement errors
2670 ENTER Uut;Sstatus$
2680 Threedb=ABS(Anlevel-Slpwr(Arcount,Txcount)) !Calculate difference between measured and expected
2690 Count=Count+1
2700 UNTIL Count=3 OR Threedb<Leveltol OR Txlevchange$=”false” !Re-do DSP once if phone fails, the mobile
2710 IF Sstatus$<>”””No Error””” OR Threedb>3 THEN after Tx Level change
!may still be settling
2720 sage string
Err$=”DSP Measurement Problem “ !Create an error mes-
2730 IF Sstatus$<>”””No Error””” THEN Err$=Err$&Sstatus$
2740 IF Threedb>3 THEN Err$=Err$&” 3dB input range exceeded”
2750 Errcount=Errcount+1
2760 Error$(Errcount)=Err$
2770 END IF
2780 Txlevchange$=”false”
2790 NEXT Arcount
2800 NEXT Txcount
2810 !
2820
!==================================================================================
2830 !
2840 !PERFORM FAST POWER MEASUREMENTS
2850 !
2860 screen
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CELL1” !Display cell control
2870 FOR Txcount=Numfppwr TO 1 STEP -1
Tx levels@@@@
2880
2890
Txlev=Fppwr(Txcount)
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlev
!Outer loop for mobile
!Get Tx level from array
!Adjust analyzer to correct expected power
2900 CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”TXLEV”,0,Txlev,Trickfreq,Extloss) !Command test mode mobile to new T Level
2910 Txlevchange$=”true”
2920
2930
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numfparfcn
Arfcn=Fparfcn(Arcount)
!Inner loop for ARFCN
!Get ARFCN from array
!Calculate frequency 2940 from ARFCN
Freq=(890+Arfcn*.2)*1000000
2950 CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”ARFCN”,Arfcn,0,Freq,Extloss) !Command test mode mobile to new ARFCN
2960 OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:FREQ “;Freq !Tune analyzer frequency
2970 settling
Txlevcount=0 !Count for Tx Level
2980 REPEAT
Level settles
!Loop while mobile Tx
2990 Count=0 !Count for inner loop
3000 Fastpower1=0 !Swap variable for fast power measurement
3010 REPEAT !Loop untill value stabalizes after analyzer
3020 Fastpower2=Fastpower1 !tuning.
3030 meter
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:FTCP:POW?” !read the peak power
3040 ENTER Uut;Fastpower1
2-45
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
3050 Deltapower=ABS(Fastpower1-Fastpower2) last measurement
!Look for change since
3060 Count=Count+1 !Though away 4 old readings (in Agilent 8922M/S
3070 UNTIL (Count>4 AND Deltapower<Fpthreshold) OR Count>10 !measuremement
pipline) then look for settled
3080 IF Count>10 THEN !value on new measurement ARFCN. If it never
3090 Errcount=Errcount+1 !settles note an error
3100 Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile’s output power did not settle within
‘Fpthreshold’ limits”
3110 END IF
3120 Fpwrmeas(Arcount,Txcount)=(Fastpower1+Fastpower2)/2 !Average last two good readings
3130 OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?” !Read the
Agilent 8922M/S analyzer expected input level
3140 ENTER Uut;Anlevel measured power to check that
!and compare with the
3150 Threedb=ABS(Anlevel-Fpwrmeas(Arcount,Txcount)) the allowed +/-3dB window
!the result is within
3160 Txlevcount=Txlevcount+1
3170 UNTIL Threedb<Leveltol OR Txlevcount>10 OR Txlevchange$=”false”
3180 IF Threedb>3 THEN
3190 Errcount=Errcount+1
3200 Error$(Errcount)=”Fast power meas 3dB input range exceeded”
3210 END IF
3220 Txlevchange$=”false”
3230 NEXT Arcount
3240 NEXT Txcount
3250 !
3260
!==================================================================================
3270 !
3280 !PERFORM BIT ERROR MEASUREMENTS
!Note: 4 BER measurements 3290 !
can be made in parallel
3300 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR BER1” test screen
!Display single BER
!Outer loop for down3310 FOR Rxcount=1 TO Numberpwr link power levels
3320 Berpo=Berpwr(Rxcount) level from array
3330 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Berpo
S Generator to downlink power
3340 test ARFCN
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numberarfcn
!Get downlink power
!Program Agilent 8922M/
!Inner loop for BER
3350
3360
Arfcn=Berarfcn(Arcount)
Freq=(890+Arfcn*.2)*1000000
!Get ARFCN from array
!Calculate frequency from ARFCN
3370 CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”ARFCN”,Arfcn,0,Freq,Extloss) !Command test mode mobile to new ARFCN
3380 OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:FREQ “;Freq !Tune analyzer frequency
3390 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET:MODE ‘RUN’” channel change is done. Run test.
!off BER test until
!Read bit error test 3400 result
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:BET:BERR:RATIO1?”
3410 ENTER Uut;Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)
3420 Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)=Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)/10000 !Convert from ppm to
%
3430 NEXT Arcount
3440 NEXT Rxcount
3450 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Bchpwr !Reset downlink to normal power
3460 !
3470
!================================================================================
3480 !
2-46
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
3490
3500 timer
3510 !
Clock(2)=TIMEDATE-Clock(2)
Clock(3)=TIMEDATE
!Stop measurement timer
!Start call clearing
3520
!================================================================================
3530 !
3540 !END THE CALL
3550 !
3560 CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”TXOFF”,0,0,Trickfreq,0) !Dissable the test mode mobile
3570 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount) !Check for any
Agilent 8922M/S logged errors
3580 !
3590 !
3600
!===================================================================================
3610 !
3620 timer
Clock(3)=TIMEDATE-Clock(3) !Stop the call clearing
3630 !
3640
!====================================================================================
3650 !
3660 !PRINT MEASUREMENT RESULTS
3670 !
3680 CALL
Sub_printit(Fparfcn(*),Fppwr(*),Fpwrmeas(*),Null(*),Null(*),Null(*),Null(*),Nullst$(*
),Numfparfcn,Numfppwr,Message$(3),Message$(4),Emptyst$,Empty)
3690 CALL
Sub_printit(Dsparfcn(*),Dsppwr(*),Slpwr(*),Pkpher(*),Rmspher(*),Frer(*),Null(*),Mask$
(*),Numdsparfcn,Numdsppwr,Message$(5),Message$(6),Emptyst$,Empty)
3700 CALL
Sub_printit(Berarfcn(*),Berpwr(*),Ber1(*),Rxqual(*),Rxlev(*),Txtim(*),Null(*),Nullst$
(*),Numberarfcn,Numberpwr,Message$(7),Message$(8),Emptyst$,Empty)
3710 !
3720
!====================================================================================
3730 !
3740 !PRINT TEST TIMES AND ERROR MESSAGES
3750 !
3760 !
3770 FOR X=1 TO 3
3780 PRINT Message$(X+9);DROUND(Clock(X),4);Message$(9)
3790 NEXT X
3800 PRINT
3810 PRINT
3820 IF Errcount=0 THEN
3830 Errcount=1
3840 Error$(1)=”No Errors”
3850 END IF
3860 FOR X=1 TO Errcount
3870 PRINT Error$(X)
3880 NEXT X
3890 Errcount=0
3900 !
3910
!==================================================================================
3920 !
3930 !LOOP IF ANOTHER PHONE IS TO BE TESTED
3940 !
3950 PRINT Message$(2)
3960 INPUT Answer$
3970 Run$=”no”
3980 IF Answer$=”Y” OR Answer$=”y” THEN Run$=”yes”
3990 UNTIL Run$<>”yes”
4000 END
4010 !
2-47
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
4020
!====================================================================================
4030 !SUBROUTINES BELOW
4040
!====================================================================================
4050 !
4060 !RESULTS PRINTING SUBROUTINE
4070 !
4080 SUB
Sub_printit(Result1(*),Result2(*),Result3(*),Result4(*),Result5(*),Result6(*),Result7
(*),Result8$(*),Numarfcn,Numpwr,Title$,Heading$,Emptyst$,Empty)
4090 PRINT Title$
4100 PRINT
4110 PRINT Heading$
4120 FOR Arcount=1 TO Numarfcn
4130 FOR Txcount=1 TO Numpwr
4140 PRINT Result1(Arcount),
4150 PRINT Result2(Txcount),
4160 IF Result3(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result3(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4170 IF Result4(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result4(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4180 IF Result5(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result5(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4190 IF Result6(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result6(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4200 IF Result7(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result7(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4210 IF Result8$(1,1)<>Emptyst$ THEN PRINT Result8$(Arcount,Txcount),
4220 PRINT
4230 NEXT Txcount
4240 NEXT Arcount
4250 PRINT
4260 SUBEND
4270 !
4280 !=============================================================================
4290 !
4300 !CHECK FOR Agilent 8922M/S SYSTEM ERRORS
4310 !
4320 SUB Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
4330 DIM Systemerror$[100]
4340 REPEAT !Set up a loop to drain the
Agilent 8922M/S error stack
4350 stack
OUTPUT Uut;”SYSTEM:ERROR?” !Read the last error from the
4360 ENTER Uut;Systemerror$
4370 IF VAL(Systemerror$)<>0 THEN !Code 0 indicates no error
4380 Errcount=Errcount+1 the programs error array
!If not zero, add the error to
4390 Error$(Errcount)=Systemerror$
4400 END IF
4410 UNTIL VAL(Systemerror$)=0 been read
!End when all the errors have
4420 SUBEND
4430 !
4440 !==============================================================================
4450 !
4460 !CONFIGURE THE Agilent 8922M/S AUX RF OUT PORT TO EMULATE A MOBILE IN TEST MODE
4470 !
4480 !This subroutine uses unsupported HP-IB commands to ‘trick’ the Agilent 8922M/S into opperating as if
4490 !a test mode mobile was connected.
The Aux RF Out port is configured to emulate the mobile.
4500 !Replacing this subroutine with one to control a real GSM mobile would allow the program to be
4510 !used in a real application
4520 !
4530 SUB Sub_trickmobile(Uut,Func$,Arfcn,Txlev,Trickfreq,Extloss)
4540 Trickfreq=(935+Arfcn*.2)*1000000 !Adjust the uplink frequency to equal the downlink
4550 Trickloss=Extloss+(2*Txlev)-43+7 late Tx Level changes
!Adjust the ext loss to simu-
2-48
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
4560 IF Func$=”TXON” THEN generator to begin
!These commands configure the
4570 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL2 7DBM” !emulating the mobile
4580 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:OUTP ‘AUX RFOUT’”
4590 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:RFIN “;Trickloss
4600 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn
4610 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:TSL 2”
4620 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:ORIGINATE”
4630 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_pulse_start_trig’”
4640 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 1431”
4650 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_pulse_stop_trig’”
4660 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 1281”
4670 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_tx_slot’”
4680 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 5”
4690 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_mux_a_cntl’”
4700 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 75”
4710 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_hop_to_bch’”
4720 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 1536”
4730 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:MOD:PULS ‘EXT’”
4740 END IF
4750 IF Func$=”ARFCN” THEN nel change by
!These commands simulate a chan-
4760 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn !re-tuning the generator
4770 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_tx_slot’”
4780 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 5”
4790 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_mux_a_cntl’”
4800 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 75”
4810 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_hop_to_bch’”
4820 OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 1536”
4830 END IF
4840 IF Func$=”TXLEV” THEN
Level Change
!These commands simulate a Tx
4850 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:RFIN “;Trickloss
4860 END IF
4870 IF Func$=”TXOFF” THEN turning the
!Dissable the TCH to simulate
4880 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:END” !mobile off
4890 END IF
4900 IF Func$=”CABLE” THEN
4910 PRINT
4920 PRINT “Connect a short cable from the Agilent 8922M/S AUX RF OUT”
4930 PRINT “to the RF IN/OUT port”
4940 PRINT
4950 PRINT “Cycle instrument power when testing is complete”
4960 PRINT
4970 PRINT “Press Return when ready”
4980 PRINT
4990 INPUT Dummy$
5000 END IF
5010 SUBEND
5020 !
5030 !============================================================
5040 !end of program
2-49
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Transient Settling Times
NOTE
Transient Settling Times
The following transient settling (wait times) should be considered when executing GPIB programs from an external controller or using the built-in IBASIC controller to execute programs.
During query loops (especially for IBASIC applications), it is recommended to use a WAIT statement like WAIT Delta_t, where Delta_t is user defined (i.e. WAIT 0.5 ! wait 0.5
seconds).
1
Each of the following operations requires checking that a certain state has been reached before continuing with other GPIB commands:
a) Ending a Call. Wait for CELL CONTROL Call Status to be ’INACTIVE’and then check for Call Status RR to be ’BCCH’.
OUTPUT 714;”CELL:CALL:END”
REPEAT
WAIT Delta_t
OUTPUT 714;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?” ! Query the Call Status
ENTER 714;Query$
UNTIL Query$=”””INACTIVE”””
IF (Query$=”””INACTIVE”””)
REPEAT
WAIT Delta_t
OUTPUT 714;”CELL:CALL:STAT:RR?” ! Query the RR Call Status
ENTER 714;Query$
UNTIL Query$=”””BCCH”””
END IF
b) Originating a Call. Must wait for CELL CONTROL Call Status to be
’CONNECTED’:
OUTPUT 714;”CELL:CALL:ORIG”
! Answer call when the mobile rings
REPEAT
WAIT Delta_t
OUTPUT 714;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?” ! Query the Call Status
ENTER 714;Query$
UNTIL Query$=”””CONNECTED”””
2-50
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Transient Settling Times
c) Setting the Agilent 8922M/S to an Activated state. Must wait for the CELL
CONTROL Signaling (RR) Call Status to be ’BCCH’.
OUTPUT 714;”DISP CCON”
OUTPUT 714;”CCON:STAT ’ACTIVATED’”
DISP ”Waiting for HP 8922M/S to provide BCCH. . .”
REPEAT
WAIT Delta_t
OUTPUT 714;”CELL:CALL:STAT:RR?” ! Query the RR Call Status
ENTER 714;Query$
UNTIL Query$=”””BCCH”””
d) Setting the Agilent 8922M/S back to a Settable state. Must wait for the field to change its state.
OUTPUT 714;”CCON:STAT ’SETTABLE’”
REPEAT
WAIT Delta_t
OUTPUT 714;”CCON:STAT?” ! Query the Cell Configure state
ENTER 714;Query$
UNTIL Query$=”””SETTABLE”””
e) Doing a PRESET (*RST). Must make sure the call is ended (See (a)).
f) Running a Bit Error Test measurement. Must wait for STOP after a RUN is executed to query any measurement results.
OUTPUT 714;”DISP BET”
OUTPUT 714;”TRIG:BET:MODE ’RUN’”
REPEAT
WAIT Delta_t
OUTPUT 714;”TRIG:BET:MODE?” ! Query the Bit Error Test
Trigger mode
ENTER 714;Query$
UNTIL Query$=”””STOP”””
g) Querying measurements in SINGLE or CONT (continous) mode. Refer to the section for querying measurements through GPIB.
2-51
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Transient Settling Times
2. The following operations may affect how much wait time is needed between GPIB or
IBASIC commands.
a) IBASIC operation - especially tight query loops
b) Continuous measurements
i.
DSP Analyzer - Phase, Amplitude and Data Bits measurements
ii. Output RF Spectrum measurements Option 006 only
iii. Pulse On/Off Ratio measurements Option 006 only
iv. Spectrum Analyzer measurements Option 006 only
v. Oscilloscope measurements
vi. CW measurements
vii. AF Analyzer measurements
c) Signaling operations:
i.
SACCH measurements
ii. Intercell Handovers
iii. Intracell Handovers
iv. Trace views are active
3. When performing the following operations, include a wait statement for a maximum of the period of time given, before issuing the next command.
a) Executing Loopback functions - loopback on and off: 1 second
OUTPUT 714,”CELL:AUD:LOOP:OFF” ! loopback off
WAIT 1
OUTPUT 714,”CELL:AUD:LOOP:FE” ! on with frame erasure
WAIT 1
OUTPUT 714,”CELL:AUD:LOOP:NOFE” ! on without frame erasure
WAIT 1
b) Changing Audio Speech Configurations to ’ECHO’: 0.5 second
OUTPUT 714,”CELL:AUD:SPE:CONF ’ECHO’
WAIT 0.5
c) Changing Audio Speech Configurations to ’PRBS’: 2 seconds
OUTPUT 714,”CELL:AUD:SPE:CONF ’PRBS’
WAIT 2
d) Setting the MS TX power Level: 1 second
OUTPUT 714,”CELL:MS:TLEV 7”
WAIT 1
2-52
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Transient Settling Times
e) Arming DSP Analyzer, Output RF Spectrum or Pulse On/Off measurements in
Single mode from IBASIC - after sending the Arm command wait approximately 5 seconds.
OUTPUT 714,”TRIG:ASTate ’ARM’”
WAIT 5
f) IMEI Request: 10 seconds
OUTPUT 714,”MSIN:MS:IMEI:REQ”
- WAIT 10
g) TMSI Reallocation: Query TMSI value (should change within 10 seconds)
i.
Read TMSI string
OUTPUT 714,”MSIN:PAG:TMSI?”
ii. Send TMSI Reallocation command
OUTPUT
714,”MSIN:PAG:TMSI:REAL”
iii. Wait until
OUTPUT 714,”MSIN:PAG:TMSI?”
returns a new string
1
10 seconds maximum
We expect users, operating remotely, to make measurements in single mode, mainly for speed reasons. However, if you operate in continuous (CONT) measurement mode and you change a parameter that affects the measurement result, then (at a maximum) the third measurement result queried will be an outcome of the new setup and not the previous setup.
2-53
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Transient Settling Times
2-54
3
AF Analyzer Subsystem
3-1
AF Analyzer Subsystem
3-2
Continued Over
AF Analyzer Subsystem
3-3
AF Analyzer Subsystem
AIN
AIN
Description
Selects/queries the state of the front panel AUDIO IN LO BNC connector. FLOAT means
AUDIO IN LO will be used to generate floating input signal (that is NOT referenced to a common ground signal). GND means AUDIO IN LO will be connected to a common ground signal
Syntax
AFANalyzer:AIN?
AFANalyzer:AIN <string>
Options
‘FLOAT’ | ‘GND’
DEMPhasis
Description
Selects/queries the AF ANalyzer DE-EMPhasis state.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:DEMPhasis?
AFANalyzer:DEMPhasis <string>
Options
’750 US’ | ’OFF’
DEMPhasis:GAIN
Description
Selects/queries the DE-EMPhasis GAIN selection. Typically, this is selected automatically, based on audio level.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:DEMPhasis:GAIN?
AFANalyzer:DEMPhasis:GAIN <string>
Options
’0 DB’ | ’10 DB’ | ’20 DB’ | ’30 DB’
DETector
Description
Selects/queries the AF Analyzer Detector which is used for all AF Analyzer measurements.
Syntax
Options
AFANalyzer:DETector?
AFANalyzer:DETector <string>
’RMS’ | ’PK+’ | ’PK-’ | ’PK+-/2’ | ’PK+-MAX’ |
’PK+ HOLD’ | ’PK- HOLD’ | ’PK+-/2 HD’ | ’PK+-MX HD’
3-4
AF Analyzer Subsystem
DETector:PKLocation
DETector:PKLocation
Description
Selects/queries the PeaK DETector Location.
Syntax
Options
AFANalyzer:DETector:PKLocation?
AFANalyzer:DETector:PKLocation <string>
’FILTERS’ | ’DE-EMP’
DETector:SETTling
Description
Selects/queries the DETector SETTling mode.
Syntax
Options
AFANalyzer:DETector:SETTling?
AFANalyzer:DETector:SETTling <string>
‘SLOW’ | ‘FAST’
Where;
• SLOW is useful for low frequency audio measurements.
• FAST is useful for higher frequency audio measurements.
ELResistor
Description
Sets/queries the External Load Resistor assumed for measuring watts of power into an external load resistor. Default GPIB and display unit is Ohms.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:ELResistor?
AFANalyzer:ELResistor <real [units]> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer Appendix B.
3-5
AF Analyzer Subsystem
FILTer1
FILTer1
Description
Selects/queries the AF Analyzer Filter 1.
Syntax
Options
AFANalyzer:FILTer1?
AFAN:FILT1?
AFANalyzer:FILTer1 <string>
AFAN:FILT1 <string>
‘20HZ HPF’ | ’50HZ HPF’ | ’300HZ HPF’
FILTer2
Description
Selects/queries the AF Analyzer Filter 2.
Syntax
Options
AFANalyzer:FILTer2?
AFAN:FILT2?
AFAN:FILT2 <string>
AFANalyzer:FILTer2 <string>
’300HZ LPF’ | ’3KHZ LPF’ | ’15KHZ LPF’| ’>99KHZ LP’
GTIMe
Description
Sets/queries the AF ANalyzer Gate TIMe (AF Cnt Gate).
Default GPIB unit is seconds (S).
Default display unit is milli-seconds (MS).
Syntax
AFANalyzer:GTIMe?
AFANalyzer:GTIMe <real [units]> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer Appendix B.
3-6
AF Analyzer Subsystem
INPut
INPut
Description
Selects/queries the AF ANalyzer INPut. This selection determines what signal is to be measured by the AF ANalyzer as well as for the oscilloscope.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:INPut?
AFANalyzer:INPut <string>
Options
’SCOPE IN’ | ’FM DEMOD’ | ’PLS DEMOD’ | ’AUDIO IN’ |
’AUDIO OUT’| ’AM MOD IN’ | ’SPEECH IN’ |
’SPEECHOUT’
INPut:GAIN
Description
Selects/queries the INPut GAIN. This is typically selected automatically based on audio level.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:INPut:GAIN?
AFANalyzer:INPut:GAIN <string>
Options
’0 DB’ | ’20 DB’ | ’40 DB’
SMPoint
Description
Selects/queries the Scope Measurement Point. This selection determines where in the hardware block diagram the oscilloscope is making the desired measurement.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:SMPoint?
AFANalyzer:SMPoint <string>
Options
’DE-EMP’ | ’FILTERS’ | ’INPUT’ | ’NOTCH’
NOTCh:GAIN
Description
Selects/queries the NOTCh GAIN. This is typically selected automatically based on audio level.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:NOTCh:GAIN?
AFANalyzer:NOTCh:GAIN <string>
Options
’0 DB’ | ’10 DB’ | ’20 DB’ | ’30 DB’ | ’40 DB’
3-7
AF Analyzer Subsystem
RANGing
RANGing
Description
Selects/queries the RANGing (Gain Cntl) STATe.
Syntax
Options
AFANalyzer:RANGing?
AFANalyzer:RANGing <string>
’AUTO’ | ’HOLD’
Where;
• AUTO results in gain selections being made automatically based on audio level.
• HOLD causes all gain selections to maintain their present state for either manual selection or until AUTO is selected.
NOTE
SPEaker:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the SPEaker ALC MODE.
Syntax
Options
AFANalyzer:SPEaker:MODE?
AFANalyzer:SPEaker:MODE <string>
’ON’ | ’OFF’
This command is not available for the Agilent 8922S.
NOTE
SPEaker:VOLume
Description
Selects/queries the SPEaker VOLume.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:SPEaker:VOLume?
AFANalyzer:SPEaker:VOLume <string>
Options
’POT’ | ’OFF’
Where;
• POT means the SPEaker VOLume is controlled via the front panel VOLUME control.
• OFF means the SPEaker VOLume is turned off, independent of the front panel
VOLUME control.
This command is not available for the Agilent 8922S.
3-8
4
AF Generator Subsystem
4-1
AF Generator Subsystem
4-2
AF Generator Subsystem
AMPLitude
AMPLitude
Description
Sets/queries the AF Generator Audio Output AMPLitude, which will be present at the front panel AUDIO OUT connector.
GPIB unit is Volts.
Display units are V and mV.
Default display unit is mV.
Syntax
AFGenerator:AMPLitude?
AFGenerator:AMPLitude <integer [units]> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
COUPling
Description
Selects/queries the AF Generator Audio Output COUPling
Syntax
AFGenerator:COUPling?
AFGenerator:COUPling <string>
Options
‘AC’ | ‘DC’
FREQuency
Description
Sets/queries the AF Generator Audio Output, which will be present at the front panel
AUDIO OUT connector.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is KHZ.
Syntax
AFGenerator:FREQuency?
AFGenerator:FREQuency <integer [units]> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
4-3
AF Generator Subsystem
FREQuency
4-4
5
Audio Frequency Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
5-1
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
5-2
Continued Over
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
5-3
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
ACLevel
ACLevel
Description
Sets the AC Level MEASurement attributes.
GPIB unit is V.
Display units are dBm, V, mV, uV, dBuV, W; default unit is V.
Queries the AC Level MEASurement result for AF Analyzer inputs.
(AFAN:INP) that are in units of AC level.
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:ACLevel?
MEASure:AFRequency:ACLevel[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
AM
Description
Sets the AM Depth MEASurement attributes. Queries the AM Depth MEASurement result for AF Analyzer inputs (AFAN:INP) that are units of percent.
GPIB unit is %(PCT).
Display units are %(PCT).
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:AM?
MEASure:AFRequency:AM[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
DCAM
Description
Sets the DC AM Level MEASurement attributes. Queries the DC Level MEASurement result for AF Analyzer inputs (AFAN:INP) that are units of percent.
GPIB unit is %(PCT).
Display units are %(PCT).
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:DCAM?
MEASure:AFRequency:DCAM[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
5-4
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
DCFM
DCFM
Description
Sets the DC FM Level MEASurement attributes. Queries the DC Level MEASurement result for AF Analyzer inputs (AFAN:INP) that are units of Hertz.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are KHZ, HZ; default unit is HZ.
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:DCFM?
MEASure:AFRequency:DCFM[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
DCVolts
Description
Sets the DC Volts MEASurement attributes. Queries the DC Volts MEASurement result for
AF Analyzer inputs (AFAN:INP) that are units of DC Volts.
GPIB unit is V.
Display units are dBm, V, mV, uV, dBuV, W; default unit is V.
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:DCVolts?
MEASure:AFRequency:DCVolts[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
DISTortion
Description
Sets the DISTortion MEASurement attributes. Queries the DISTortion MEASurement result.
GPIB and Display units are dB and percent (PCT).
Default HP-IB and display unit is PCT.
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:DISTortion?
MEASure:AFRequency:DISTortion[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
5-5
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FM
FM
Description
Sets the FM deviation MEASurement attributes. Queries the FM deviation MEASurement result for FM DEMOD AF Analyzer.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are kHZ, HZ; default unit is HZ.
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:FM?
MEASure:AFRequency:FM[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options.
Refer to Appendices D, F and G
FREQuency
Description
Sets the Audio FREQuency MEASurement attributes. Queries the Audio FREQuency
MEASurement result.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are KHZ, HZ; default unit is HZ.
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:FREQuency?
MEASure:AFRequency:FREQuency[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
SELect
Description
Selects/queries the Audio FRequency SELected measurement. NOTE: to get valid measurements for DC AM, DC FM and DC Volts, this filed must be set to ’DC LEVEL’ and the AF Analyzer Input (AFAN:INP) is set to look at an AM, FM, or voltage source
(respectively).
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:SELect?
MEASure:AFRequency:SELect <string>
Options
’AF FREQ’ | ’DC LEVEL’ | ’DISTN’ | ’SINAD’
5-6
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SINad
SINad
Description
Sets the SINad MEASurement attributes. Queries the SINad MEASurement result.
GPIB and Display units are dB and percent (PCT)
Default GPIB and Display unit is dB
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:SINad?
MEASure:AFRequency:SINad[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
5-7
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SINad
5-8
6
Bit Error Test Subsystem
6-1
Bit Error Test Subsystem
6-2
Bit Error Test Subsystem
BITS
BITS
Description
Sets/queries the number of BITS to test to make this Bit Error Test measurement complete.
Syntax
Options
BETest:BITS<n>?
BETest:BITS<n> <integer> | [:INUM]
Where <n>= 1 through 4.
Refer to Appendix A.
LOOPback:LDELay
Description
Sets/queries the Loop DELay. This is the number of speech frames to be assumed for loopback. delay. This affects how and when bit error test measurement bit patterns are compared.
Syntax
BETest:LOOPback:LDELay?
BETest:LOOPback:LDELay <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
LOOPback:LDELay:MODE
Description
Sets/queries the Loop DELay MODE.
Syntax
BETest:LOOPback:LDELay:MODE?
BETest:LOOPback:LDELay:MODE <string>
Options
’AUTO’ | ’MANUAL’
Where;
• AUTO automatically sets LDELay (above) once when the measurement is started. This is a timing calibration action.
• MANUAL means the Loop DELay is controlled manually via the :LDELay command.
6-3
Bit Error Test Subsystem
TYPE
TYPE
Description
Selects/queries the Bit Error Test measurement TYPE. This defines the Bit Error Test measurement TYPE for each of the four available Bit Error Test measurements.
Syntax
BETest:TYPE<n>?
BETest:TYPE<n> <string>
Options
’TYPEI’ | ’RESTYPEI’ | ’TYPEIA’ | ’RESTYPEIA’ |
’TYPEII’ | ’RESTYPEII’ | ’TYPEIB’ | ’RESTYPEIB’ |
’ALLFS’ | ’RESALLFS’ | ’OFF’
Where <n>= 1 through 4.
6-4
7
Bit Error Test Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
7-1
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
7-2
Continued Over
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
7-3
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
BESelect
BESelect
Description
Selects/queries the Bit Error SELected Bit Error Test measurement to display (BE Ratio,
BE Count) for the given measurement number n,
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:BESelect<n>?
MEASure:BETest:BESelect<n> <string>
Options
’BE COUNT’ | ’BE RATIO’ where <n> = 1..4.
BERRor:COUNt
Description
Sets the Bit ERRor COUNt MEASurement attributes. Queries the Bit ERRor COUNt
(completed),
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:COUNt<n>?
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:COUNt<n>[:MM_MOD] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices E and F.
BERRor:ICOunt
Description
Sets the Bit ERRor Intermediate COunt MEASurement attributes. Queries the Bit ERRor
COunt (completed).
NOTE: This can only be queried when in the state
TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:ICOUNt<n>?
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:ICOUNt<n>[:MM-MOD] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices E and F.
7-4
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
BERRor:IRATio
BERRor:IRATio
Description
Sets CRC Intermediate RATio MEASurement attributes. Queries the CRC Intermediate
RATio
GPIB units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
Display units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
NOTE: This can only be queried when in the state
TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:IRATio<n>?
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:IRATio<n>[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices D and F.
BERRor:RATio
Description
Sets Bit Error RATio MEASurement attributes. Queries the Bit ERRor RATio
GPIB units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
Display units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:RATio<n>?
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:RATio<n>[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices D and F.
BTESted
Description
Queries the number of Bits TESted for the completed Bit ERRor Test measurements
Syntax
Options
MEASure:BETest:BTESted<n>?
where <n> = 1..4.
7-5
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
CRC:COUNt
CRC:COUNt
Description
Sets the CRC COUNt MEASurement attributes. Queries the CRC COUNt (completed),
Syntax
Options
MEASure:BETest:CRC:COUNt<n>?
MEASure:BETest:CRC:COUNt<n>[:MM-MOD] | [:AVG] where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices E and F.
CRC:ICOunt
Description
Sets the CRC Intermediate COunt MEASurement attributes. Queries the CRC Intermediate
COunt (completed).
NOTE: This can only be queried when in the state
TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:CRC:ICOunt<n>?
MEASure:BETest:CRC:ICOunt<n>[:MM-MOD] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices E and F.
CRC:IRATio
Description
Sets CRC Intermediate RATio MEASurement attributes. Queries the CRC Intermediate
RATio
GPIB units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
Display units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
NOTE: This can only be queried when in the state
TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:CRC:IRATio<n>?
MEASure:BETest:CRC:IRATio<n>[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices D and F.
7-6
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
CRC:RATio
CRC:RATio
Description
Sets CRC RATio MEASurement attributes. Queries the CRC RATio (completed).
Syntax
Options
MEASure:BETest:CRC:RATio<n>?
MEASure:BETest:CRC:RATio<n>[:MM] | [:AVG] where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices D and F.
FERasure:COUNt
Description
Sets the Frame ERasure COUNt MEASurement attributes. Queries the CRC COUNt
(completed),
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:COUNt<n>?
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:COUNt<n>[:MM-MOD] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices E and F.
FERasure:ICOunt
Description
Sets the Frame ERasure Intermediate COunt MEASurement attributes. Queries the Frame
ERasure Intermediate COunt.
NOTE: This can only be queried when in the state
TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:ICOunt<n>?
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:ICOunt<n>[:MM-MOD] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices E and F.
7-7
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FERasure:IRATio
NOTE
FERasure:IRATio
Description
Sets Frame ERasure Intermediate RATio MEASurement attributes. Queries the Frame
ERasure Intermediate RATio
GPIB units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
Display units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
Syntax
Options
This can only be queried when in the state: TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:IRATio<n>?
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:IRATio<n>[:MM] | [:AVG] where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices D and F.
NOTE
FERasure:RATio
Description
Sets Frame ERasure RATio MEASurement attributes. Queries the Frame ERasure
RATio(completed).
GPIB units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
Display units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
Syntax
Options
This can only be queried when in the state: TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:RATio<n>?
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:RATio<n>[:MM] | [:AVG] where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices D and F.
FLSelect
Description
Selects/queries the Frame Loss Selected Bit Error Test measurement to display (Count or
Ratio) for the given Frame Loss TYpe (FE or CRC).
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:FLSelect<n>?
MEASure:BETest:FLSelect<n> <string>
Options
‘COUNT’ | ‘RATIO’ where <n> = 1..4.
7-8
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FLTYpe
FLTYpe
Description
Selects/queries the Frame Loss Selected Bit Error Test measurement to display (Count or
Ratio) for the given Frame Loss Select (Count or Ration) for the given measurement number.
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:FLTYpe<n>?
MEASure:BETest:FLTYpe<n> <string>
Options
‘FE’ | ‘CRC’ where <n> = 1..4.
NOTE
IBTested
Description
Queries the number of Bits Tested for the Intermediate Bit Error Test measurements.
Syntax
Options
This can only be queried when in the state: TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
MEASure:BETest:IBTested<n>?
where <n> = 1..4.
SSTatus
Description
Queries the Bit Error Test SYNC STatus. Will return ’NO ERROR’ or ’BAD SYNC’. This field will only be updated when the demod arm state goes from ”DISARM” to ”ARM.” This is the same as DDEMod:SYNC:SSTatus.
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:SSTatus?
Options
Not Applicable
7-9
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SSTatus
7-10
8
NOTE
Cell Configuration Subsystem
If you have the Agilent 8922M/S Option 010 Multi-Band Test System, you will have access to additional GPIB commands. These commands are used when working with dual band mobiles. For a full description of these additional commands and their syntax, refer to the Agilent 8922 Multi-Band User’s Guide.
8-1
Cell Configuration Subsystem
8-2
Continued Over
Cell Configuration Subsystem
Continued Over
8-3
Cell Configuration Subsystem
8-4
Continued Over
Cell Configuration Subsystem
Continued Over
8-5
Cell Configuration Subsystem
8-6
Cell Configuration Subsystem
ABCCh
ABCCh
Description
Selects/queries the Auxiliary BCCH. This defines the state of the auxiliary BCCH data and clock outputs.
Syntax
CCONfigure:ABCCh?
CCONfigure:ABCCh <string>
Options
‘OFF’ | ‘ADJACENT’
Where;
• OFF means the auxiliary BCCH is deactivated.
• ADJACENT means the auxiliary BCCH outputs are intended to be used to generate an adjacent cell BCCH (using an external 0.3 GMSK RF Generator).
ABCCh:BCC
Description
Queries the Auxiliary Base station Colour Code
Syntax
CCONfigure:ABCCh:BCC?
Options
Not Applicable.
CCHannel
Description
Selects/queries the type of Control CHannel to be used.
Syntax
Options
CCONfigure:CCHannel?
CCONfigure:CCHannel <string>
’SD/4’ | ’SD/8’ | ’FA’ | ’SD/4+FA’
Where;
• SD/4 means the SDCCH shares the same physical channel as the BCCH.
• SD/8 means the SDCCH is separate from the BCCH and is on a physical channel specified by the user.
• FA is the same as SD/8, except the TCH1 configuration is used in ’signaling only’ mode instead of using the SDCCH channel.
• SD/4 + FA is the same as SD/4, except the TCH1 configuration is used in ’signaling only’ mode instead of using the SDCCH channel.
8-7
Cell Configuration Subsystem
CCHannel:SDCCH8:ARFCn
CCHannel:SDCCH8:ARFCn
Description
Sets/queries the Control CHannel ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) for the SDCCH/8.
This is used only when CCON:CCH is ’SD/8’.
Syntax
CCONfigure:CCHannel:SDCCH8:ARFCn?
CCONfigure:CCHannel:SDCCH8:ARFCn <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
CCHannel:SDCCH8:TSLot
Description
Sets/queries the Control CHannel ARFCn (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) for the SDCCH8.
Syntax
CCONfigure:CCHannel:SDCCH8:TSLot?
CCONfigure:CCHannel:SDCCH8:TSLot <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
BA
Description
Sets/queries the Broadcast control channel Allocation. Entries in BA table must be in contiguous ascending order. The allocation must begin at BA1 and continue through
BA<n>. Unallocated entries are turned off.
Where <n> = the highest number allocated in the range 1 to 16.
Syntax
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:BA<n>?
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:BA<n> <integer>
Options
512 to 885 for DCS1800
0 to 124 | 975 to 1023 for EGSM
512 to 810 for PCS1900
Where <n> = 1 to 16
8-8
Cell Configuration Subsystem
CA
CA
Description
Sets/queries the Cell Allocation.
Entries in CA table must be in contiguous ascending order. The allocation must begin at
CA1 and continue through CA<m>. Unallocated entries are turned off.
Where <m> = the highest number allocated in the range 1 to 16.
Syntax
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:CA<n>?
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:CA<n> <integer>
Options
512 to 885 for DCS1800
0 to 124 | 975 to 1023 for EGSM
512 to 810 for PCS1900
Where <n> = 1 to 16
NOTE
MA1
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 1.
This is a binary string representing which CA ARFCNs will be in Mobile Allocation number 1. This defines which of the first 16 entries in the CA will be part of the sequential hop sequence for MA1.
Syntax
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA1?
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA1 <quoted string>
Options
Not Applicable.
All 16 entries must be input.
MA1:IOFFset
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 1 Index Offset. This defines where the hop sequence starts for MA1.
Syntax
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA1:IOFFset?
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA1:IOFFset <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
8-9
Cell Configuration Subsystem
MA2
NOTE
MA2
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 2.
This is a binary string representing which CA ARFCNs will be in Mobile Allocation number 2. This defines which of the first 16 entries in the CA will be part of the sequential hop sequence for MA2.
Syntax
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA2?
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA2 <quoted string>
Options
Not Applicable.
All 16 entries must be input.
MA2:IOFFset
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 2 Index Offset. This defines where the hop sequence starts for MA2.
Syntax
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA1:IOFFset?
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA1:IOFFset <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
NOTE
[:GSM900]:BA
Description
Sets/queries the Broadcast control channel Allocation. This is a binary string representing which ARFCNs are in the BCCH Allocation. A ’1’ in the first entry represents the existence of ARFCN 1.
Syntax
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:BA?
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:BA <integer>
Options
Quoted string.
All 124 entries must be input.
8-10
Cell Configuration Subsystem
[:GSM900]:CA
NOTE
[:GSM900]:CA
Description
Sets/queries the Cell Allocation.
This is a binary string representing which ARFCNs are in the Cell Allocation. A ’1’ in the first entry represents the existence of ARFCN 1.
Syntax
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:CA?
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:CA <integer>
Options
Quoted string.
All 124 entries must be input.
NOTE
[:GSM900]:MA1
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 1.
This is a binary string representing which CA ARFCNs will be in Mobile Allocation number 1. This defines which of the first 64 entries of 1’s in the CA will be part of the sequential hop sequence for MA1.
Syntax
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA1?
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA1 <quoted string>
Options
Not Applicable.
All 64 entries must be input.
[:GSM900]:MA1:IOFFset
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 1 Index Offset. This defines where the hop sequence starts for MA1.
Syntax
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA1:IOFFset?
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA1:IOFFset <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
8-11
Cell Configuration Subsystem
[:GSM900]:MA2
NOTE
[:GSM900]:MA2
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 2.
This is a binary string representing which CA ARFCNs will be in Mobile Allocation number 2. This defines which of the first 64 entries of 1’s in the CA will be part of the sequential hop sequence for MA2.
Syntax
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA2?
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA2 <quoted string>
Options
Not Applicable.
All 64 entries must be input.
NOTE
[:GSM900]:MA2:IOFFset
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 2 Index Offset. This defines where the hop sequence starts for MA1.
Syntax
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA2:IOFFset?
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA2:IOFFset <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
All 64 entries must be input.
LAI:MCCode
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Country Code (3 decimal digits).
Syntax
Options
CCONfigure:LAI:MCCode?
CCONfigure:LAI:MCCode <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
8-12
LAI:MNCode
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Area Code (2 decimal digits).
Syntax
Options
CCONfigure:LAI:MNCode?
CCONfigure:LAI:MNCode <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
LAI:LACode
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Area Code.
Syntax
Options
CCONfigure:LAI:LACode?
CCONfigure:LAI:LACode <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
SCELl:ARFCn
Description
Sets/queries the Serving Cell ARFCn.
Syntax
Options
CCONfigure:SCELl:ARFCn?
CCONfigure:SCELl:ARFCn <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
SCELl:BCC
Description
Sets/queries the Serving Cell Base Station Colour.
Syntax
Options
CCONfigure:SCELl:BCC?
CCONfigure:SCELl:BCC <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
Cell Configuration Subsystem
LAI:MNCode
8-13
Cell Configuration Subsystem
SCELl:NCC
SCELl:NCC
Description
Sets/queries the Serving Cell Network Colour Code.
Syntax
Options
CCONfigure:SCELl:NCC?
CCONfigure:SCELl:NCC <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
STATe
Description
Selects/queries the Cell CONfiguration STATe.
Syntax
Options
CCONfigure:STATe?
CCONfigure:STATe <string>
‘SETTABLE’ | ‘ACTIVATED’
Where;
• SETTABLE means that all Cell Configuration settings can be changed and that the signaling state will be ”None”. An active call will be automatically terminated in this state.
• ACTIVATED means that all Cell Configuration settings are ”frozen” and the signaling state will be at least ”BCCH”. This state will not be allowed if the settings on the
CCON (Cell Config) screen are not compatible.
8-14
9
Cell Control Subsystem
9-1
Cell Control Subsystem
9-2
Continued Over
Cell Control Subsystem
Continued Over
9-3
Cell Control Subsystem
9-4
Continued Over
Cell Control Subsystem
Continued Over
9-5
Cell Control Subsystem
9-6
Continued Over
Cell Control Subsystem
9-7
Cell Control Subsystem
AUDio:DAI:ATESt
AUDio:DAI:ATESt
Description
This selects the DAI (Digital Audio Interface) Audio Test mode.
Syntax
Options
CELL:AUDio:DAI:ATESt
Not Applicable.
AUDio:DAI:NORMal
Description
This selects the DAI (Digital Audio Interface) Normal mode.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:DAI:NORMal
Options
Not Applicable.
AUDio:LOOPback
Description
Queries the Audio Loopback Commands.
Syntax
Options
CELL:AUDio:LOOPback?
Not Applicable.
AUDio:LOOPback:FAST
Description
Tells the Mobile to go into Fast Loopback mode.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:LOOPback:FAST
Options
Not Applicable.
AUDio:LOOPback:FE
Description
Turns MS Loopback on with Frame Erasure.
Syntax
Options
CELL:AUDio:LOOPback:FE
Not Applicable.
9-8
Cell Control Subsystem
AUDio:LOOPback:OFF
AUDio:LOOPback:OFF
Description
Turns MS Loopback OFF.
Syntax
Options
CELL:AUDio:LOOPback:OFF
Not Applicable.
AUDio:LOOPback:NOFE
Description
Turns MS Loopback on with NO Frame Erasure.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:LOOPback:NOFE
Options
Not Applicable
NOTE
NOTE
AUDio:SPEech:CONFigure
Description
Selects/queries the speech configuration.
Syntax
Options
This has couplings with DC AM.
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:CONFigure?
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:CONFigure <string>
’NONE’ | ’UNCOND’ | ’COND’ | ’ECHO’ | ’PRBS’
Where;
• NONE means that speech (hardware) is deactivated.
• UNCOND means that speech will be unconditioned (that is not amplifiable).
• COND means that speech will be conditioned (i.e., amplifiable).
• ECHO means that speech (hardware) will be put into an ”echo” mode, where we will echo back to the MS whatever we received, with a settable echo delay (time).
• PRBS means that speech (hardware) is outputting a pseudo random binary sequence.
NONE, UNCOND, COND are not available in the Agilent 8922S.
9-9
Cell Control Subsystem
AUDio:SPEech:EDELay
AUDio:SPEech:EDELay
Description
Selects/queries the speech Echo delay.
This is the delay time for the ECHO speech mode. This only applies when
CELL:AUD:SPE:CONF is ECHO.
Default GPIB and display unit is seconds (S).
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:EDELay?
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:EDELay <integer [units]> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
NOTE
AUDio:SPEech:GAIN
Description
Sets/queries the speech GAIN (unitless).
This is the speech gain for the conditioned speech mode. This only applies when
CELL:AUD:SPE:CONF is CONDitioned.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:GAIN?
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:GAIN <real [units]> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
This feature is not available in the Agilent 8922S.
AUDio:SPEech:PRBS:PATTern
Description
Sets/queries the speech PRBS pattern.
This is the pattern for the PRBS speech. This only applies when CELL:AUD:SPE:CONF is PRBS.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:PRBS:PATTern?
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:PRBS:PATTern <string>
Options
’CCITT-15’ | ’CCITT-23’ | ’0’ | ’1’ | ’01’ | ’10’
9-10
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:CONNect
CALL:CONNect
Description
Selects/queries the connect (mode).
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:CONNect?
CELL:CALL:CONNect <string>
‘AUTO’ | ‘MANUAL’
Where;
• AUTO means that we will automatically attempt to connect to an MS-initiated call.
• MANUAL means that you must use CELL:CALL:RECeive to receive an MS-initiated call.
NOTE
CALL:COUNt:BSYNc
Description
Count of Bad syncs detected during this call or since COUNt:RESet.
Syntax
Options
It is normal to detect Bad SYNcs during call setup.
CELL:CALL:COUNt:BSYNc?
Not Applicable.
NOTE
CALL:COUNt:DERRor | FERRor
Description
COUNt of Decoding ERRors detected during this call or since COUNt:RESet.
Syntax
Options
It is normal to detect Decode ERRors during call setup.
CELL:CALL:COUNt:DERRor | FERRor?
Not Applicable.
CALL:COUNt:PAGE
Description
COUNt of PAGEs made during this call or since COUNt:RESet.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:COUNt:PAGE?
Not Applicable.
9-11
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:COUNt:RACH
CALL:COUNt:RACH
Description
COUNt of RACHs received during this call or since COUNt:RESet.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:COUNt:RACH?
Not Applicable.
CALL:COUNt:RESet
Description
RESets all CALL COUNts to zero.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:COUNt:RESet
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:END
Description
Executes an END (i.e., terminate) CALL.
This terminates a call in progress and is the same as selecting the END CALL front panel hardkey.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:END
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:LIMit
Description
Selects/queries the CALL control LIMit.
This affects how far a call will be allowed to get, which is useful when making measurements on transient states while setting up a call.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:LIMit?
CELL:CALL:LIMit <string>
Options
’BCCH’ | ’DCCH’ | ’TCH’
9-12
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:ORIGinate
CALL:ORIGinate
Description
Executes an ORIGinate (i.e., make) a CALL.
This attempts a BS originated (MS terminated) call and is the same as selecting the ORG
CALL front-panel hardkey.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:ORIGinate
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:PAGing
Description
Selects/queries the PAGing Mode.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:PAGing?
CELL:CALL:PAGing <string>
’CONT’ | ’SINGLE’
Where;
• CONT means continuous pages will occur when attempting to make a BS-originated call.
• SINGLE means that just one page will occur when attempting to make a BS-originated call.
CALL:RECeive
Description
Executes RECeive (i.e., connect to) a CALL.
This connects the call (’answers the phone’) and is the same as selecting the RCV CALL front-panel hardkey.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:RECeive
Options
Not Applicable.
9-13
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:SIGNaling
CALL:SIGNaling
Description
Selects / queries the amount of signaling performed by the Agilent 8922M/S.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:SIGNaling?
CELL:CALL:SIGNaling <string>
’NORMAL’ | ’LIMITED’
Where;
• NORMAL signaling mode uses all the normal GSM messages to change the channel configuration.
• LIMITED specifies that the Agilent 8922M/S should perform an operation with a limited amount of signaling. The user can therefore achieve the ’force TCH’ capability by merely pressing the ORG CALL front-panel hardkey.
CALL:TCH:ARFCn
Description
Selects/queries the current traffic channel ARFCn for the current call.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCn?
CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCn <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
CALL:TCH:TSLot
Description
Selects/queries the current traffic channel timeslot for the current call.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:TCH:TSLot?
CELL:CALL:TCH:TSLot <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
CALL:STATus:CALLer
Description
Returns ’BS’, ’MS’, or ’--’. Indicates who originated the call in progress. ’--’ indicates that the Call STatus is inactive.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:CALLer?
Options
Not Applicable.
9-14
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:STATus:CIPHering[:STATe]
CALL:STATus:CIPHering[:STATe]
Description
Queries the CIPHering STATe.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:STATus:CIPHering[:STATe]?
Returned as ‘ON’ or ‘OFF’
CALL:STATus:MM[:STATe]
Description
Queries the Mobility Management (layer) STATe.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:MM[:STATe]?
Options
Returns state of the Mobility Management protocol layer as;
’LOC UPD’ | ’IDENT’ | ’AUTH’ | ’TMSI’ |
’INACTIVE’ | ’ACTIVE’
Where;
• LOC UPD means the MM sub-layer has received a Location Update Request from the
MS.
• IDENT means the MM sub-layer has initiated the Identification common procedure and is waiting for the MS to respond.
• AUTH means the MM sub-layer has initiated the Authentication common procedure and is waiting for the MS to respond.
• TMSI means the MM sub-layer has initiated the TMSI reallocation common procedure and is waiting for the MS to respond.
• INACTIVE means there are no MM-connections between the Agilent 8922M/S and the
MS.
• ACTIVE means an MM-connection exists between the Agilent 8922M/S and the MS, and may be used to transfer CC messages.
9-15
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:STATus:RR[:STATe]
CALL:STATus:RR[:STATe]
Description
Queries the Radio Source STATe.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:STATus:RR[:STATe]?
Returns state of signaling as;
’BCCH’ | ’DCCH’ | ’TCH1’ | ’TCH2’ | ’NONE’
Where;
• BCCH means idle on a Broadcast Control CHannel.
• DCCH means on a Dedicated Control CHannel.
• TCH1 means on a Traffic CHannel as defined by TCH1 settings.
• TCH2 means on a Traffic CHannel as defined by TCH2 settings.
• NONE means that the signaling state is totally undefined.
CALL:STATus:STATe
Description
Queries the CALL Status STATe.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:STATe?
Options
Returns state of the CALL as;
’SETUP REQUEST’ | ’PROCEEDING’ | ’ALERTING’ |
’SETUP CONFIRM’ | ’CONNECTED’ | ’INACTIVE’
CALL:STATus:TCH:ARFCn
Description
Queries the current Traffic CHannel ARFCn. This applies if TCH:MODE is ‘SINGLE’.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:STATus:TCH:ARFCn?
Not Applicable.
9-16
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:STATus:TCH:MALLocation
CALL:STATus:TCH:MALLocation
Description
Queries the current Traffic CHannel Mobile ALLocation as ‘MA1’ or ‘MA2’. This applies if TCH:MODE is ‘HOPPED’.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:TCH:MALLocation?
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:STATus:TCH:MODE
Description
Queries the current Traffic CHannel Mode as ‘HOPPED’ or ‘SINGLE’.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:STATus:TCH:MODE?
Returns state as;
‘HOPPED’ | ‘SINGLE’
Where;
• HOPPED means that the current Traffic CHannel is a hopped traffic channel.
• SINGLE means that the current Traffic CHannel is a non-hopped traffic channel (i.e., a single ARFCN).
CALL:STATus:TCH:TSLot
Description
Queries the current Traffic CHannel Timeslot.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:TCH:TSLot?
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:STATus:TCH:TYPE
Description
Queries the current Traffic CHannel TYPE.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:STATus:TCH:TYPE?
Not Applicable.
9-17
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:TCHControl
CALL:TCHControl
Description
Sets/queries the TCH Control selection.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:TCHControl?
CELL:CALL:TCHControl <string>
’TCH1 HO’ | ’TCH2 HO’ |
’TCH1 ASGN’ | ’TCH2 ASGN’
Where;
• TCH1 HO means upon execution, cause an intracell HandOver to TCH1 based on the
CELL:TCH1 selections.
• TCH2 HO means upon execution, cause an intracell HandOver to TCH2. based on the
CELL:TCH2 selections.
• TCH1 ASGN means upon execution, do a traffic channel assignment based on the
CELL:TCH1 selections.
• TCH2 ASGN means upon execution, do a traffic channel assignment based on the
CELL:TCH2 selections.
CALL:TCHControl:EXECute
Description
EXECutes the TCH Control selection.
Syntax
Options
CELL:CALL:TCHControl:EXECute
Not Applicable.
MODE
Description
Selects/queries the Operating Mode of Agilent 8922M/S.
Syntax
CELL:MODE?
CELL:MODE <string>
Options
’ACTIVE CELL’ | ’TEST MODE’ |
’CW GENERATOR’ | ’ACTIVE CELL +’ |
’TEST MODE +’ | ’CW GENERATOR +’
9-18
Cell Control Subsystem
MS:DRX[:STATe]
MS:DRX[:STATe]
Description
Selects/queries the Discontinuous RX (receiver) STATe.
Syntax
Options
CELL:MS:DRX[:STATe]?
CELL:MS:DRX[:STATe] <string>
’ON’ | ’OFF’
MS:DTX[:STATe]
Description
Selects/queries the Discontinuous TX (transmission) STATe.
Syntax
Options
CELL:MS:DTX[:STATe]?
CELL:MS:DTX[:STATe] <string>
’ON’ | ’OFF’
MS:TADVance
Description
Selects/queries the MS’s Timing ADVance (setting).
Syntax
Options
CELL:MS:TADVance?
CELL:MS:TADVance <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
MS:TADVance:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the MS’s Timing ADVance (setting) MODE.
Syntax
Options
CELL:MS:TADVanceMODE?
CELL:MS:TADVance:MODE <string>
‘AUTO’ | ‘MANUAL’
Where;
• AUTO means we will automatically adjust the MS’s timing advance setting in real time to keep bit zero aligned.
• MANUAL means the TADVance setting will directly set the MS’s timing advance setting.
9-19
Cell Control Subsystem
MS:TLEVel
MS:TLEVel
Description
Selects/queries the MS’s TX (transmitter) power LEVel.
Syntax
Options
CELL:MS:TLEVel?
CELL:MS:TLEVel <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
TCH1 or TCH2:ARFCn
Description
Selects/queries the Traffic CHannel 1 or 2 ARFCn. This applies if TCH1:MODE or
TCH2:MODE is ‘SINGLE’.
Syntax
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:ARFCn?
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:ARFCn <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
TCH1 or TCH2:MALLocation
Description
Queries the Traffic CHannel 1 or 2 Mobile ALLocation. This applies if TCH1:MODE or
TCH2:MODE is ‘HOPPED’.
Syntax
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:MALLocation?
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:MALLocation <string>
Options
‘MA1’ | ‘MA2’
TCH1 or TCH2:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the Traffic CHannel 1 or 2 Mode.
Syntax
Options
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:MODE?
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:MODE <string>
‘HOPPED’ | ‘SINGLE’
Where;
• HOPPED means that TCH1 will be hopped traffic channel.
• SINGLE means that TCH1 will be a non-hopped traffic channel (i.e., a single ARFCN).
9-20
TCH1 or TCH2:TSLot
Description
Sets/queries the Traffic CHannel Timeslot.
Syntax
Options
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:TSLot?
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:TSLot <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
TCH1 or TCH2:TYPE
Description
Selects/queries the Traffic CHannel 1 or 2 TYPE.
Syntax
Options
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:TYPE?
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:TYPE <string>
‘FS’
Cell Control Subsystem
TCH1 or TCH2:TSLot
9-21
Cell Control Subsystem
TCH1 or TCH2:TYPE
9-22
10
Configure Subsystem
10-1
Configure Subsystem
10-2
Continued Over
Configure Subsystem
Continued Over
10-3
Configure Subsystem
10-4
Continued Over
Configure Subsystem
Continued Over
10-5
Configure Subsystem
10-6
Configure Subsystem
BADDress
BADDress
Description
Sets/queries the GPIB Bus Address.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:BADDress?
CONFigure:BADDress <integer> | [:INUM]
Where <integer>=0 through 30
Refer to Appendix A.
BEEPer
Description
Selects/Queries the audio BEEPer volume
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:BEEPer?
CONFigure:BEEPer <string>
‘OFF’ | ‘QUIET’ | ‘LOUD’
BMODe
Description
Selects/Queries the GPIB operating MODe.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:BMODe?
CONFigure:BMODe <string>
‘CONTROL’ | ‘TALK&LSTN’
Where;
• CONTROL is used to control external instruments using the Agilent 8922M/S.
• TALK&LSTN is used for ”normal” GPIB operation.
10-7
Configure Subsystem
COMPatible
COMPatible
Description
This command toggles the Agilent 8922M/S to an Agilent 8922G/E emulation. This enables backward compatibility of programs and instrument functionality.
Syntax
CONFigure:COMPatible?
CONFigure:COMPatible <string>
Options
‘8922E’ | ‘8922S’ (Agilent 8922S only) or
‘8922G’ | ‘8922M’ (Agilent 8922M only)
DATE
Description
Sets/queries the current DATE for the internal clock
Syntax
CONFigure:DATE?
CONFigure:DATE <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
Format = yymmdd
INTensity
Description
Sets/queries the screen INTensity
Syntax
CONFigure:INTensity?
CONFigure:INTensity <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Where <integer>=1 (very dim) through to 8 (bright)
Refer to Appendix A.
OFLevel:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the RF OFfset level MODE
Syntax
CONFigure:OFLevel:MODE?
CONFigure:OFLevel:MODE <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
10-8
Configure Subsystem
OFLevel:AUXin
OFLevel:AUXin
Description
Sets/queries the RF OFfset Level at the AUX RF In port. In effect when OFLevel:MODE
‘ON’ is selected.
Valid unit is dB.
Syntax
CONFigure:OFLevel:AUXin?
CONFigure:OFLevel:AUXin <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
Maximum 100
OFLevel:AUXout
Description
Sets/queries the RF OFfset Level at the AUX RF Out port. In effect when OFLevel:MODE
‘ON’ is selected.
Valid unit is dB.
Syntax
CONFigure:OFLevel:AUXout?
CONFigure:OFLevel:AUXout <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
Maximum 100
OFLevel:RFINout
Description
Sets/queries the RF OFfset Level at the RF IN/out port. In effect when OFLevel:MODE
‘ON’ is selected.
Valid unit is dB.
Syntax
CONFigure:OFLevel:AUXout?
CONFigure:OFLevel:AUXout <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
Maximum 100
10-9
Configure Subsystem
OPERation:AUTO
OPERation:AUTO
Description
Enables several auto-ranging routines, providing automatic adjustment of the affected settings. Turns the RF Analyzer attenuator hold setting to AUTO.
(SANalyzer:ATTenuator:MODE ’AUTO’)
Turns the AF Analyzer gain cntl to AUTO.
(AFANalyzer:RANGing ’AUTO’)
Syntax
CONFigure:OPERation:AUTO
Options
Not applicable.
OPERation:HOLD
Description
Disables several auto-ranging routines, requiring manual adjustment of the affected settings.
Turns the RF Analyzer attenuator hold setting to HOLD.
(SANalyzer:ATTenuator:MODE ’HOLD’)
Turns the AF Analyzer gain cntl to HOLD.
(AFANalyzer:RANGing ’HOLD’)
Syntax
CONFigure:OPERation:HOLD
Options
Not applicable.
PRINt:ADDRess
Description
Sets/queries the GPIB ADDRess of the PRINter connected.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:PRINt:ADDRess?
CONFigure:PRINt:ADDRess <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
10-10
PRINt:DESTination
Description
Selects/queries the PRINter DESTination (port).
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:PRINt:DESTination?
CONFigure:PRINt:DESTination <string>
’SERIAL’ | ’HPIB’ | ‘PARALLEL’
PRINt:FFENd
Description
Selects/queries a form feed at the end of the pint out.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:PRINt:FFENd?
CONFigure:PRINt:FFENd <string>
‘YES’ | ‘NO’
PRINt:FFSTart
Description
Selects/queries a form feed at the start of the print out.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:PRINt:FFSTart?
CONFigure:PRINt:FFSTart <string>
‘YES’ | ‘NO’
PRINt:LINes
Description
Selects/queries the number of lines to be printed per page.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:PRINt:LINes?
CONFigure:PRINt:LINes <integer>
Not applicable.
Configure Subsystem
PRINt:DESTination
10-11
Configure Subsystem
PRINt:PRINter
PRINt:PRINter
Description
Selects/queries the printer type connected
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:PRINt:PRINter?
CONFigure:PRINt:PRINter <string>
’DESKJET’ | ’EPSON FX-80’ | ’EPSON LQ-850’ |
’LASERJET’ | ’PAINTJET’ | ’QUIETJET’ | ’THINKJET’
PRINt:TITle
Description
Enters/queries a string to be printed at the top of all screen printouts.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:PRINt:TITle?
CONFigure:PRINt:TITle <quoted string>
Not applicable.
RADio
Description
Selects/queries the RADio type mode of operation.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:RADio?
CONFigure:RADio <string>
’GSM900’ | ’DCS1800’ | ’E-GSM’ | ’PCS1900’
RFIMpedance
Description
Selects/queries whether RF voltages should be expressed as the voltage across a 50 OHM load or the open circuit voltage (EMF).
Syntax
CONFigure:RFIMpedance?
CONFigure:RFIMpedance <string>
Options
‘50 OHM’ | ‘EMF’
10-12
Configure Subsystem
ROSCillator:CALibrate
ROSCillator:CALibrate
Description
Executes a calibration cycle for the reference.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:ROSCillator:CALibrate
Not applicable.
ROSCillator[:FREQuency]
Description
Selects/queries the expected external Reference OSCillator FREQuency. This frequency will be locked to when an external reference is connected.
Syntax
CONFigure:ROSCillator[:FREQuency]?
CONFigure:ROSCillator[:FREQuency] <string>
Options
’13 MHZ’ | ’10 MHZ’ | ’5 MHZ’ | ’2 MHZ’ | ’1 MHZ’
ROSCillator:OFFset
Description
Sets/queries the Reference OSCillator tuning OFFSet. In affect when ROSC:TUN
’TUNABLE’ is selected. Default GPIB and display unit is PPM.
Syntax
CONFigure:ROSCillator:OFFset?
CONFigure:ROSCillator:OFFset <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
ROSCillator:TUNing
Description
Selects/queries the Reference OSCillator tuning MODE.
Syntax
CONFigure:ROSCillator:TUNing?
CONFigure:ROSCillator:TUNing <string>
Options
’TUNABLE’ | ’NORMAL’
Where;
• TUNABLE means the reference can be tuned by the value given for ROSC:OFFSet.
• NORMAL means the reference can lock to an external reference selected by
:ROSC[:FREQ] or if no external reference is connected then the reference will be freerunning.
10-13
Configure Subsystem
ROUT
ROUT
Description
Selects/queries the OPT 001 REF OUT that appears on the rear panel.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:ROUT?
CONFigure:ROUT <string>
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
Where
• ON means turn on the reference.
• OFF means turn off the reference (timebase oven still kept warm).
SPORt:BAUD
Description
Selects/queries the BAUD rate for serial communication when using the rear panel Serial
PORt.
Syntax
CONFigure:SPORt:BAUD?
CONFigure:SPORt:BAUD <string>
Options
’300’ | ’600’ | ’1200’ | ’2400’ | ’4800’ | ’9600’ | ’19200’
SPORt:DATA
Description
Selects/queries the DATA length - the number of bits used for each word of serial data when using the Serial PORt.
Syntax
CONFigure:SPORt:DATA?
CONFigure:SPORt:DATA <string>
Options
‘7 BITS’ | ‘8 BITS’
SPORt:IBECho
Description
Selects/queries the Serial PORt RS-232 input IBasic. ECHo state as On or Off - enable/ disable screen and error message echoing from IBASIC.
Syntax
CONFigure:SPORt:IBECHo?
CONFigure:SPORt:IBECHo <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
10-14
Configure Subsystem
SPORt:PARity
SPORt:PARity
Description
Selects/queries the Serial PORt PARity bits setting.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:SPORt:PARity?
CONFigure:SPORt:PARity <string>
’NONE’ | ’ODD’ | ’EVEN’ | ’ALWAYS 1’ | ’ALWAYS 0’
SPORt:RPACe
Description
Selects/queries the Serial PORt PACe when Receiving serial data.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:SPORt:RPACe?
CONFigure:SPORt:RPACe <string>
’XON/XOFF’ | ’NONE’
Where;
• XON/XOFF lets the instrument ’talk’ to the transmitting device to alter the rate of the data being sent.
• NONE disable the XON/XOFF function.
SPORt:SIN
Description
Selects/queries the Serial PORt RS-232 Serial INput.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:SPORt:SIN?
CONFigure:SPORt:SIN <string>
’INST’ | ’IBASIC’
Where;
• INST configures the serial port to connect to an external RS-232 terminal or computer.
• IBASIC is used to allow the IBASIC controller to read the serial port.
10-15
Configure Subsystem
SPORt:STOP
SPORt:STOP
Description
Selects/queries the STOP length - the number of stop bits used when using the Serial PORt.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:SPORt:STOP
CONFigure:SPORt:STOP <string>
‘1 BIT’ | ‘2 BITS’
SPORt:XPACe
Description
Selects/queries the Serial PORt PACe when transmitting (TX) serial data.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:SPORt:XPACe?
CONFigure:SPORt:XPACe <string>
’XON/XOFF’ | ’NONE’
Where;
• XON/XOFF lets the receiving device ’talk’ to the instrument to alter the rate of the data being sent.
• NONE disable the XON/XOFF function.
TIME
Description
Sets/queries the TIME of day for the instruments clock.
Syntax
Options
CONFigure:TIME?
CONFigure:TIME <real> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
Format = HH.MM in 24 Hour format.
10-16
11
CW Subsystem
11-1
CW Subsystem
PMZero
PMZero
Description
Zeroes the Power Meter in order to make calibrated CW Power measurements. Note: The user should disconnect the input signal when selecting this. This command is the same as
DSP:AMPL:PMZero.
Syntax
CW:PMZero
Options
Not Applicable.
11-2
12
CW Commands (Measure Subsystem)
12-1
CW Commands (Measure Subsystem)
12-2
CW Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FREQuency[:ABSolute]
FREQuency[:ABSolute]
Description
Sets the CW ABSolute FREQuency MEASurement attributes.Queries the CW ABSolute
FREQuency MEASurement result.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are GHZ, MHZ, KHZ, HZ; default unit is MHZ.
Syntax
MEASure:CW:FREQuency[:ABSolute]?
MEASure:CW:FREQuency[:ABSolute][:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
FREQuency:ERRor
Description
Sets/queries the CW FREQuency ERRor MEASurement attributes.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are GHZ, MHZ, KHZ, HZ; default unit is MHZ.
Syntax
MEASure:CW:FREQuency:ERRor?
MEASure:CW:FREQuency:ERRor[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
FREQuency:SELect
Description
Selects/queries the CW FREQ SELected measurement to display.
Syntax
MEASure:CW:FREQuency:SELect?
MEASure:CW:FREQuency:SELect <string>
Options
‘CW FREQ’ | ‘ CWFREQERR’
12-3
CW Commands (Measure Subsystem)
POWer
POWer
Description
Sets the CW POWer MEASurement attributes. Queries the CW POWer MEASurement result.
NOTE: This is only valid for RFAN:INP of ’RF IN/OUT’.
GPIB unit is V.
Display units are dBm, V, mv, uv, dBuv, W; default unit is dBm.
Syntax
MEASure:CW:POWer?
MEASure:CW:POWer[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
12-4
13
NOTE
DISPlay Subsystem
If you have the Agilent 8922M/S Option 010 Multi-Band Test System, you will have access to additional GPIB commands. These commands are used when working with dual band mobiles. For a full description of these additional commands and their syntax, refer to the Agilent 8922 Multi-Band User’s Guide.
13-1
DISPlay Subsystem
PCS?
PCS
Sp string
13-2
DISPlay Subsystem
[:SCReen]
[:SCReen]
Description
Selects/queries the screen to activate, display and perform any necessary screen transitional functionality.
Syntax
DISPlay[:SCReen]?
DISPlay[:SCReen] <enumerated type / string>
Options
AFANalyzer | BER | BER1 | BER2 | CELL | CELL1 | CELL2 | CCONfigure | CONFigure
| CWAFanalyzer | CWANalyzer | DDEMod | DSPanalyzer | IOConfigure | FBER |
FTCPower | HELP | HOPControl | LOGGing | MESSages | MSYNc | MSINfo |
ORFSpectrum | OSCilloscope | PULSe | RFANalyzer | RFGenerator | SANalyzer | SERVice
| SMSCb | TCONfigure | TESTs | TFReq | TSPec | TSEQ | TPAR | TIB
BETest:MNUMber:LEFT
Description
Selects/queries the Bit Error Test Measurement NUMber to DISplay on the LEFT side of the screen.
Syntax
DISPlay:BETest:MNUMber:LEFT?
DISPlay:BETest:MNUMber:LEFT <string>
Options
‘1’ | ‘3’
BETest:MNUMber:RIGHt
Description
Selects/queries the Bit Error Test Measurement NUMber to DISplay on the RIGHt side of the screen.
Syntax
DISPlay:BETest:MNUMber:RIGHt?
DISPlay:BETest:MNUMber:RIGHt <string>
Options
‘2’ | ‘4’
CELL:SACCh:ACEL1
Description
Selects/queries the SACCH Adjacent Cell measurements to DISPlay.
Syntax
DISPlay:CELL:SACCh:ACEL1?
DISPlay:CELL:SACCh:ACEL1 <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
13-3
DISPlay Subsystem
CELL:TCH[:SELect]
CELL:TCH[:SELect]
Description
Selects/queries which TCH parameters to display on the Cell Control screen.
Syntax
Options
DISPlay:CELL:TCH[:SELect]?
DISPlay:CELL:TCH[:SELect] <string>
‘TCH1’ | ‘TCH2’
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK
Description
Selects/queries whether the DSP analyzer AMPLitude MASK should be DISPlayed on the
’AMPL MID’, ’AMPL RISE’ and ’AMPL FALL’ screen VIEWs.
Syntax
DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK?
DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF
NOTE
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK:PCS
Description
This command is for use only with the 83220A/E GSM Test Set. It selects/queries whether the DSP analyzer AMPLitude MASK in PCS 1900 mode should be off, the old ETSI
Phase 1 mask (narrow) or the new ETSI Phase II mask (relaxed).
Syntax
DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK:PCS?
DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK:PCS <string>
Options
‘OFF”|’NARROW’|’RELAX’
The DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:AMPlitude:MASK <string> command has the following effect on the PCS1900 PvT mask for the two values of <string>.
‘OFF’ turns the mask off
‘ON’ sets the mask to the default value NARROW
DSPanalyzer:VIEW
Description
Selects/queries the VIEW to be selected when DISPlay:SCReen DSPanalyzer is selected.
Syntax
DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:VIEW?
DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:VIEW <string>
Options
’PHASEMAIN’ | ’PHASE ERR’ | ’AMPL MAIN’ |
’AMPL MID’ | ’AMPL RISE’ | ’AMPL FALL’ | ’DATA BITS’
13-4
DISPlay Subsystem
FREeze
NOTE
FREeze
Description
Screen freezing prevents the Agilent 8922M/S from updating the display when running tests. The measurement mode changes as before. This will enable tests to run more quickly.
When screen freezing is turned off, the display reverts to the last screen selected by the test code. This is true for both manual and remote operation.
Syntax
DISPlay:FREeze?
DISPlay:FREeze <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
It is recommended that you select ‘ON’ from the Configure screen.
That is;
DISPlay:SCReen ‘CONF’
MSYNc:BURSt:NUMBer
Description
Sets/queries the MSYNc BURSt NUMBer to be displayed when the MEAS SYNC screen is displayed.
Syntax
DISPlay:MSYNc:BURSt:NUMBer?
DISPlay:MSYNc:BURSt:NUMBer <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
ORFSpectrum:VIEW
Description
Selects/queries the Output RF Spectrum VIEW to be selected when DISPlay:SCReen
ORFSpectrum is selected.
Syntax
DISPlay:ORFSpectrum:VIEW?
DISPlay:ORFSpectrum:VIEW <string>
Options
‘TRACE’ | ‘MAIN’
13-5
DISPlay Subsystem
PULSe:VIEW
PULSe:VIEW
Description
Selects/queries the PULSe On/Off VIEW to be selected when DISPlay:SCReen PULSe is selected.
Syntax
DISPlay:PULSe:VIEW?
DISPlay:PULSe:VIEW <string>
Options
‘FALL’ | ‘MAIN’ | ‘RISE’
SANalyzer:CONTrol
Description
CONTrols the Spectrum ANalyzer views - various fields will appear on the trace screen based on the CONTrol selection.
Syntax
DISPlay:SANalyzer:CONTrol?
DISPlay:SANalyzer:CONTrol <string>
Options
’MAIN’ | ’RF GEN’ | ’MARKER’ | ’AUXILIARY’
13-6
14
DSP Analyzer Subsystem
14-1
DSP Analyzer Subsystem
14-2
DSP Analyzer Subsystem
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:FALL
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:FALL
Description
Sets/queries the AMPLitude MARKer FALL trace position setting. The value is given in units of divisions from the left side of the FALL trace
(144 Bit Periods (T) to 156 Bit Periods (T) = 6 divisions).
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:FALL?
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:FALL <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:MID
Description
Sets/queries the AMPLitude MARKer MID trace position setting. The value is given in units of divisions from the left side of the MID trace
(-10 Bit Periods (T) to 160 Bit Periods (T) = 8.5 divisions).
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:MID?
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:MID <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:RISE
Description
Sets/queries the AMPLitude MARKer RISE trace position setting. The value is given in units of divisions from the left side of the RISE trace
(-8 Bit Periods (T) to 4 Bit Periods (T) = 6 divisions).
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:RISE?
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:RISE <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
AMPLitude:PMZero
Description
Zeroes the Power Meter in order to make calibrated Average TX Power measurements.
Note: The user should disconnect the input signal when selecting this. This field is the same as CW:PMZero.
Syntax
Options
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:PMZero
Not Applicable.
14-3
DSP Analyzer Subsystem
AMPLitude:TIME
AMPLitude:TIME
Description
Sets/queries the TIME to make amplitude measurements.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T).
Default GPIB unit is seconds (S).
Default display unit is micro-seconds (US).
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:TIME<n>?
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:TIME<n> <real>
Options
Refer Appendix B.
n=1 through 12
DBITs:TPOLarity
Description
Toggles the POLarity of the Data BITs for the current measurement.
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:DBITs:TPOLarity
Options
Not Applicable.
PHASe:MARKer:POSition
Description
Sets/queries the PHASe MARKer POSition setting. The value is given in units of divisions from the left side of the trace (0 to 14.7 divisions).
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MARKer:POSition?
DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MARKer:POSition <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer appendix B.
PHASe:MIDamble
Description
Selects/queries the MIDamble to use for DSP analyzer phase displays as the actual measured midamble or the midamble that the user expects to use.
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MIDamble?
DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MIDamble <string>
Options
‘MEASURED’ | ‘EXPECTED’
14-4
15
DSP Analyzer Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
15-1
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
15-2
Continued Over
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
15-3
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:AMPLitude
[:AMPLitude]:AMPLitude
Description
Sets the AMPLitude measurement attributes. Queries the AMPLitude measurement result based on the DSP:AMPL:TIME<n> setting.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:AMPLitude<n>?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:AMPLitude<n>[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
Where n= 1 through 12
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:FALL
Description
Sets/queries the AMPLitude MARKer FALL trace attributes.
Queries the AMPLitude MARKer FALL trace level which is relative amplitude data. This value is a function of the fall trace marker position set/queried by
DSP:AMPL:MARK:POS:FALL. This is only valid when on IMPORTANT: The user
MUST be on the Amplitude Fall screen to query this result (DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL
FALL’).
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVel:FALL?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVel:FALL[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
15-4
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:MID
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:MID
Description
Sets/queries the AMPLitude MARKer MID trace attributes.
Queries the AMPLitude MARKer MID trace level which is relative amplitude data. This value is a function of the mid trace marker position set/queried by
DSP:AMPL:MARK:POS:MID. This is only valid when on IMPORTANT: The user
MUST be on the Amplitude MID screen to query this result (DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL
MID’).
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVel:MID?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVel:MID[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:RISE
Description
Sets/queries the AMPLitude MARKer RISE trace attributes.
Queries the AMPLitude MARKer RISE trace level which is relative amplitude data. This value is a function of the rise trace marker position set/queried by
DSP:AMPL:MARK:POS:RISE. This is only valid when on IMPORTANT: The user
MUST be on the Amplitude RISE screen to query this result (DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL
RISE’).
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVel:RISE?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVel:RISE[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
15-5
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:FALL
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:FALL
Description
Sets/queries the MARKer FALL trace TIME attributes.
Queries the MARKer FALL trace TIME which is the marker’s position relative to the last bit in the measured burst. This value is a function of the fall trace marker position set or queried by DSP:AMPL:MARK:POS:FALL.
IMPORTANT: The user MUST be on the Amplitude Fall screen to query this result
(DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL FALL’).
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T); default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods); default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:FALL?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:FALL[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:MID
Description
Sets/queries the MARKer MID trace TIME attributes.
Queries the MARKer MID trace TIME which is the marker’s position relative to bit zero in the measured burst. This value is a function of the mid trace marker position set or queried by DSP:AMPL:MARK:POS:RISE.
IMPORTANT: The user MUST be on the Amplitude MID screen to query this result
(DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL MID’).
GP-IB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T); default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods); default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:MID?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:MID[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
15-6
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:RISE
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:RISE
Description
Sets/queries the MARKer RISE trace TIME attributes.
Queries the MARKer RISE trace TIME which is the marker’s position relative to bit zero in the measured burst. This value is a function of the rise trace marker position set or queried by DSP:AMPL:MARK:POS:RISE.
IMPORTANT: The user MUST be on the Amplitude RISE screen to query this result
(DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL RISE’).
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T); default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods); default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:RISE?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:RISE[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
[:AMPLitude]:MSUMmary
Description
Queries the AMPLitude Measurement SUMmary.
IMPORTANT: The user MUST be on the Amplitude Summary (Ampl Main) screen to query this result (DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL MAIN’).
Syntax
Options
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MSUMmary?
Query returns; ’PASSED’, ’FAILED’ or ’- - - -’.
Where;
• ’- - - -’ means that the MSUMmary results are currently indeterminate.
• ’PASSED’ means that all of the following are true after an amplitude measurement completes:
a) Each AMPLitude measurement (AMPL<1> through AMPL<12>), does NOT exceed its HI LO limits OR is OFF.
b) Pk+ Flatness does NOT exceed its HI LO limits OR Pk+ Flatness measurement is
OFF. (PPFLatness).
c) Pk- Flatness does NOT exceed its HI LO limits OR Pk- Flatness measurement is
OFF. (NPFLatness) AND for each of the above (a-c) that is ON it must have a valid measurement result (i.e. not ’- - - -’).
15-7
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:NPFLatness
[:AMPLitude]:NPFLatness
Description
Queries the Negative Peak FLatness measurement result. This is the most negative amplitude in dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:NPFLatness?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:NPFLatness[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
[:AMPLitude]:PPFLatness
Description
Queries the Positive Peak FLatness measurement result. This is the most positive amplitude in dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:PPFLatness?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:PPFLatness[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
[:AMPLitude]:PTCPower
Description
Queries the Peak Transmitter Carrier Power measurement result. This is the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is dBm, W; default unit is dBm.
Display unit is dBm, V, mV, uV, dBuV, W; default unit is dBm.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:PTCPower?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:PTCPower[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
15-8
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:TRACe
[:AMPLitude]:TRACe
Description
Returns the DSP Analyzer AMPLitude TRACe measured data length (integer), time reference (floating point), and the floating point TRACe AMPLitude data array for the given length separated by commas.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:TRACe?
Options
Not Applicable.
DBITs
Description
Queries the demodulated Data BITs returned for the current measurements made.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:DBITs?
Not Applicable.
DBITs:TAGS
Description
Queries the TAGS for each of the Data BITs.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:DBITs:TAGS?
Options
Returns ‘M’ or ‘-’
Where;
• ‘M’ = Midamble bit.
• ‘-’ = RF level error.
15-9
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FBIT
FBIT
Description
Sets/queries the position of the First (useful) BIT attributes.
Queries the position of the First (useful) BIT in time relative to when the DSP measurement trigger occurred.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T); default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods); default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:FBIT?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:FBIT[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
FMERrors
Description
A query of number of FM ERrors returns the number of FM demodulated bits different from the best bit match (of the demodulated burst bits) to the selected midamble before differential decoding for the current DSP measurement. This is only valid for
MSYN:SYNC:MODE ’MIDAMBLE’.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:FMERrors?
Not Applicable.
PHASe[:ERRor]:FREQuency
Description
Queries the FREQuency ERRor MEASurement result. This is the slope of the average phase over the useful bits in the measured burst.
Syntax
Options
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are HZ, kHZ; default unit is HZ.
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:FREQuency?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:FREQuency[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MULTI-B]
Refer to Appendices D, F and H.
15-10
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK
PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK
Description
Queries the PEAK PHASe ERRor MEASurement result over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is degrees.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK:MM?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK:AVG?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK:MULTI-B?
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and H.
PHASe[:ERRor]:RMS
Description
Queries the RMS PHASe ERRor MEASurement result over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is degrees.
Display unit is degrees.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:RMS?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:RMS:MM?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:RMS::AVG?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:RMS::MULTI-B?
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and H.
15-11
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
PHASe:MARKer:ERRor
PHASe:MARKer:ERRor
Description
Queries the PHASe ERRor measurement result. This is the y-axis MARKer position of the phase error. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by
DSP:PHAS:MARK:POS.
IMPORTANT: The user MUST be on the Phase Err screen to query this result
(DISP:DSP:VIEW ’PHASE ERR’).
GPIB unit is degrees.
Display unit is degrees.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MARKer:ERRor[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
PHASe:MARKer:TIME
Description
Queries the MARKer TIMe which is the marker’s position relative to bit zero in the measured burst. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by
DSP:PHAS:MARK:POS.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T); default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods); default unit is US (micro-second).
IMPORTANT: The user MUST be on the Phase Err screen to query this result
(DISP:DSP:VIEW ’PHASE ERR’).
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MARKer:TIME?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MARKer:TIME[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
PHASe:MBURst
Description
Selects/queries state of multi-burst measurement.
Syntax
PHASe:MBURst?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MBURst <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
15-12
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
PHASe:MBURst:COUNt
PHASe:MBURst:COUNt
Description
Sets the number of bursts to be measured. Queries the number of bursts being measured. If multi-burst is OFF, the returned value is undefined.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MBURst:COUNt?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MBURst:COUNt <integer>
Options
Where the integer number is 1 to 999, with a default value of 10.
PHASe:MBURst:DONE
Description
Queries the number of bursts measured so far. If no measurement is in progress, the number of bursts measured in the previous measurement, is returned.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MBURst:DONE?
Not Applicable.
PHASe:MBURst:ERRors
Description
Queries the number of errors during the burst measurement. If no measurement is in progress, the number of errors in the previous measurement, is returned.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MBURst:ERRors?
Not Applicable.
PHASe:TRACe
Description
Returns the DSP Analyzer PHASe TRACe measured data length(integer), and the floating point PHASe AMPLitude data array for the given length separated by commas.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:TRACe?
Not Applicable.
15-13
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SSTatus
SSTatus
Description
Queries the Sync STatus for the current DSP measurement.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:SSTatus?
Returns one of the following states;
’No Error’ | ’ShortBurst’ | ’Level Late’ | ’LevelShort’ |
’FM Error’ | ’Low Level’ | ‘Math Error’ | ’RF Ovrload’.
The message return priority (highest to lowest) is as follows:
• Math Error
• RF Ovrload | Low Level
• FM Error
• ShortBurst | Level Late | LevelShort
• No Error
The above defined as;
• ShortBurst - amplitude envelope not long enough for the selected burst length.
• RF Ovrload - the DSP Analyzer sampler hardware overloaded during sampling.
• FM Error - at least one FM error was detected during the Midamble (or User Defined
Sync Pattern) portion of the selected burst (only possible for MSYN:SYNC:MODE
’MIDAMBLE’)
• Level Late - amplitude of the burst did not rise until after the first few bits were received.
• Level Short - amplitude of the burst fell before the last few bits were received.
• Low Level - DSP Analyzer RF level never got high enough to make a valid measurement.
• Math Error - DSP Analyzer math-related error occurred.
• No Error - no error occurred in synchronizing to the selected burst.
15-14
16
EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
16-1
EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
16-2
EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
BRATe
BRATe
Description
Selects/queries EMMI part Baud RATe.
Syntax
Options
EMMI:BRATe?
EMMI:BRATe <string>
”600” | ”1200” | ”2400” | ”4800” | ”9600”
DATA?
Description
Returns a response message sent by the mobile station. Response messages are stored in a message in a message buffer in the Agilent 8922M.
Syntax
EMMI:DATA?
Options
This EMMI DATA is in the form: num-decimal-digits/num-data-chars/emmi-hex-data
(no spaces)
Where;
• num-decimal-digits: (range: 1 through 3) The number of characters following to be interpreted as num-data-chars.
• num-data-chars: (range: 0 through 510) The number of data characters that will follow.
NOTE: This must be an even number since every two characters will represent one byte of hex data.
• emmi-hex-data: Hex character data. Each pair of characters represents one byte of
EMMI hex data.
The user can do the following:
• Read all the messages in the message buffer by sending EMMI:DATA? commands until #10 is returned. (Messages are read first-in-first-out.)
• Clear the message buffer by sending EMMI:RESet.
16-3
EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
DATA <data entry>
DATA <data entry>
Description
Writes the DATA to the EMMI port.
Syntax
Options
EMMI:DATA <data entry>
This EMMI DATA is in the form: num-decimal-digits/num-data-chars/emmi-hex-data
(no spaces)
Where;
• num-decimal-digits: (range: 1 through 3) The number of characters following to be interpreted as num-data-chars.
• num-data-chars: (range: 0 through 510) The number of data characters that will follow.
NOTE: This must be an even number since every two characters will represent one byte of hex data.
• emmi-hex-data: Hex character data. Each pair of characters represents one byte of
EMMI hex data.
When the data write is complete, a status bit will be set that reflects what happened with the EMMI data. See the Status Subsystem for EMMI.
RESet
Description
EMMI RESet clears out transmit and receive (message) buffers and sends XON (ready to receive) frame to the mobile station.
Syntax
Options
EMMI:RESet
Not applicable.
TIMEout:MS:XON
Description
Sets/queries the EMMI TIMEout (time limit) allowed for the mobile to send XON. This adjusts a timer that provides the time delay needed when the EMMI bus is attempting to send a message before the MS or the Agilent 8922M are ready. If the XON timeout expires, then the STATus:EMMI:EVENt? will return a 4 (XON timeout exceeded).
Default GPIB and display unit is seconds (S).
Syntax
EMMI:TIMEout:MS:XON?
EMMI:TIMEout:MS:XON <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
16-4
EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
TIMEout:MS:RESPonse
TIMEout:MS:RESPonse
Description
Sets/queries the EMMI TIMEout (time limit) allowed for the mobile stations’ RESPonse
(For example; to send an ACK or NAK to the Agilent 8922M). If the response timeout expires, then the STATus:EMMI:EVENt? will return an 8 (response timeout exceeded).
Default GPIB and display unit is seconds (S).
Syntax
EMMI:TIMEout:MS:RESPonse?
EMMI:TIMEout:MS:RESPonse <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
16-5
EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
TIMEout:MS:RESPonse
16-6
17
Fast Bit Error Test
17-1
Fast Bit Error Test
17-2
Fast Bit Error Test
BITS
BITS
Description
Sets/Queries the number of bits used during a measurement.
Syntax
Options
FBETest:BITS?
FBETest:BITS <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
LOOPback:LDELay
Description
Sets/Queries the loopback delay.
Syntax
Options
FBETest:LOOPback:LDELay?
FBETest:LOOPback:LDELay <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
The integer value being 0 to 26.
LOOPback:LDELay:MODE
Description
Sets/Queries the loopback delay mode.
Syntax
Options
FBETest:LOOPback:LDELay:MODE?
FBETest:LOOPback:LDELay:MODE <string>
Where;
• AUTO automatically sets LDELay (above) once when the measurement is started. This is a timing calibration action.
• MANUAL means the Loop DELay is controlled manually via the :LDELay command.
FORMat
Description
Sets/Queries the data format to be Random Speach Frames or Random Bursts.
Syntax
Options
FBETest:FORMat?
FBETest:FORMat <string>
Not Applicable.
17-3
Fast Bit Error Test
RFGenerator:ATSLot
RFGenerator:ATSLot
NOTE
Description
Sets/Queries the automatic pulse modulation for the adjacent timeslots of the base station generated signal.
Syntax
FBETest:RFGenerator:ATSLot?
FBETest:RFGenerator:ATSLot <string>
Options
‘OFF’ | ‘+30DB’
Where
+30DB automatically pulses the adjacent timeslots 30 dB higher than the
RF generator amplitude setting.
The entire preceding timeslot is 30 dB higher. The first few bits for the following timeslot are 30 dB higher. The remainder of the following timeslot is pulsed off.
OFF makes all timeslots the same amplitude.
This field is not featured in the Agilent 8922S.
17-4
18
Fast Bit Error Test (Measure Subsystem)
18-1
Fast Bit Error Test (Measure Subsystem)
18-2
Fast Bit Error Test (Measure Subsystem)
BTESted
BTESted
Description
Queries the number of Bits TESted for the completed Bit Error Test measurements.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:FBETest:BTESted?
Not Applicable.
IBTested
Description
Queries the number of Bits TESted for the Intermediate Bit Error Test measurements.
NOTE: This can only be queried when in the state TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:FBETest:IBTested?
Not Applicable.
BERRor:COUNt
Description
Queries the Bit ERRor COUNt (completed).
Syntax
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:COUNt?
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:COUNt[:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendix F.
NOTE
BERRor:ICOUnt
Description
Queries the Bit ERRor Intermediate COunt.
Syntax
Options
This can only be queried when in the state TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’.
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:ICOUnt?
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:ICOUnt[:MM-MOD] | [:AVG]
Refer to Appendices E and F.
18-3
Fast Bit Error Test (Measure Subsystem)
BERRor:IRATio
NOTE
BERRor:IRATio
Description
Queries the Bit ERRor Intermediate RATio.
Syntax
Options
This can only be queried when in the state TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’.
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:IRATio?
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:IRATio[:MM]
Refer to Appendix D.
BERRor:RATio
Description
Queries the Bit ERRor RATio (completed).
Syntax
Options
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:RATio?
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:RATio[:MM]
Refer to Appendix D.
BESelect
Description
Selects/queries the Bit ERRor SELected Bit Error Test measurement to display (BE Ratio,
BE Count) for the given measurement cycle.
Syntax
MEASure:FBETest:BESelect?
MEASure:FBETest:BESelect <string>
Options
‘BE COUNT’ | ‘BE RATIO’
SSTatus
Description
Queries the Bit Error Test SYNC STatus. Will return ’NO ERROR’ or ’BAD SYNC’. This field will only be updated when the demod arm state goes from ”DISARM” to ”ARM.” This is the same as DDEMod:SYNC:SSTatus.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:FBETest:SSTatus?
Not Applicable
18-4
19
Fast TX Carrier Power (Measure Subsystem)
19-1
Fast TX Carrier Power (Measure Subsystem)
FTCPower[:POWer]
FTCPower[:POWer]
Description
Queries the Fast Transmitter Carrier Power MEASurement result. This is only valid for
RFAN:INP of ’RF IN/OUT’.
GPIB units are dBm, W; default unit is dBm.
Display units are dBm, V, mV, uV, dBuV, W; default unit is dBm.
Syntax
MEASure:FTCPower[:POWer]?
MEASure:FTCPower[:POWer][:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
19-2
20
Hop Control Subsystem
20-1
Hop Control Subsystem
20-2
Continued Over
Hop Control Subsystem
20-3
Hop Control Subsystem
ADDRess
ADDRess
Description
Sets/queries the ADDRess for entering hop frequencies into the hop tables and for entering the next frequency for HOPC:ADDR:SOUR:INT mode.
Syntax
HOPControl:ADDRess?
HOPControl:ADDRess <integer>? | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
ADDRess:NEXT
Description
Sets/queries the NEXT HOP ADDRess to hop to. This is used when HOPC:ADDR:SOUR is ’INT’ to make looped internal sequences.
Syntax
HOPControl:ADDRess:NEXT?
HOPControl:ADDRess:NEXT <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
ADDRess:RESet
Description
RESets the internal sequence hop address register to zero.
Syntax
Options
HOPControl:ADDRess:RESet
Not applicable.
ADDRess:SOURce
Description
Selects/queries the HOP Control ADDRess SOURce.
Syntax
HOPControl:ADDRess:SOURce?
HOPControl:ADDRess:SOURce <string>
Options
‘SEQ’ | ‘EXT’
Where;
• SEQ hopping mode causes the hop control address to come from a hop sequence address register. Hop addresses are automatically sequenced based on next settings.
• EXT hopping mode causes the hop control address to come from external lines.
20-4
Hop Control Subsystem
CTENd
CTENd
Description
This Clear To ENd command replaces the RF ANalyzer hop frequency entry and the RF
Generator hop frequency entry at HOPC:ADDRess, and all hop frequency entries after them, with 0 MHz.
For example; the hop frequency entry at HOPC:ADDRess, HOPC:ADDRess + 1, ... up to entry 2047 are replaced with 0 MHz.
HOPC:ADDR:NEXT values are set to ADDRess+1 modulo 2048 starting at ADDRess.
Syntax
HOPControl:CTENd
Options
Not applicable.
DELete
Description
This DELetes the RF ANalyzer hop frequency entry and the RF Generator hop frequency entry at HOPC:ADDRess. All other RF ANalyzer and RF Generator hop frequency entries move down by one address. Entry 2047 in the hop table is replaced with 0 MHz.
Syntax
HOPControl:DELete
Options
Not applicable.
INSert
Description
This INSerts an entry of 0 MHz into the RF ANalyzer hop table and the RF Generator hop table. All other entries move down one address. Entry 2047 in the RF ANalyzer hop table and the RF Generator hop table is lost.
Syntax
HOPControl:INSert
Options
Not applicable.
20-5
Hop Control Subsystem
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:CTENd
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:CTENd
Description
This Clear To ENd command replaces the RF ANalyzer hop frequency entry at
HOPC:ADDRess, and all hop frequency entries after it, with 0 MHz.
For example;, the hop frequency entry at HOPC:ADDRess, HOPC:ADDRess + 1, ... up to entry 2047 are replaced with 0 MHz
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:CTENd
HOPControl:RFGenerator:CTENd
Options
Not applicable.
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:DELete
Description
This DELetes the RF ANalyzer hop frequency entry at HOPC:ADDRess. All other RF
ANalyzer hop frequency entries move down by one address. Entry 2047 in the hop table is replaced with 0 MHz.
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:DELete
HOPControl:RFGenerator:DELete
Options
Not applicable.
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:FREQuency
Description
Set/queries the RF ANalyzer or RF Generator hop FREQuency entry at HOPC:ADDRess.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is MHZ.
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:FREQuency?
HOPControl:RFGenerator:FREQuency?
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:FREQuency <real> | [:FNUM]
HOPControl:RFGenerator:FREQuency <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
20-6
Hop Control Subsystem
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:INSert
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:INSert
Description
This INSerts an entry of 0 MHz into the RF ANalyzer or RF Generator hop table. All other entries move down one address. The last entry in the RF ANalyzer or RF Generator hop table is lost.
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:INSert
HOPControl:RFGenerator:INSert
Options
Not applicable.
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the RF ANalyzer or RF Generator hop MODE.
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:MODE?
HOPControl:RFGenerator:MODE?
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:MODE <string>
HOPControl:RFGenerator:MODE <string>
Options
‘NON-HOP’ | ‘HOP’
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:SETTling
Description
Selects/queries the RF ANalyzer or RF Generator hop SETTling.
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:SETTling?
HOPControl:RFGenerator:SETTling?
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:SETTling <string>
HOPControl:RFGenerator:SETTling <string>
Options
‘NORMAL’ | ‘LARGEHOPS’
Where;
• NORMAL should be used for small hops.
• LARGEHOPS should be used for large hops (~ >75 MHz).
20-7
Hop Control Subsystem
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator[:TRIGger]:ASTate
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator[:TRIGger]:ASTate
Description
Selects/queries the RF ANalyzer or RF Generator hop TRIGger Arm STate.
Syntax
Options
HOPControl:RFANalyzer[:TRIGger]:ASTate?
HOPControl:RFGenerator[:TRIGger]:ASTate?
HOPControl:RFANalyzer[:TRIGger]:ASTate <string>
HOPControl:RFGenerator[:TRIGger]:ASTate <string>
‘ARM’ | ‘DISARM’
20-8
21
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
IEEE 488.2 mandates the use of some common commands. These commands have a special syntax (beginning with a *), which is not legal for other commands. The common commands control some of the basic instrument functions:
• Instrument identification and reset
• Status reading and clearing
• Receiving and processing of commands and queries by the instrument
21-1
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*CLS (Clear Status)
*CLS (Clear Status)
Description
Syntax
Example
The *CLS (clear status) common command clears the status data structures, including the device defined error queue. This command also aborts the *OPC. If the *CLS command immediately follows a
PROGRAM MESSAGE TERMINATOR, the output and the MAV
(message available) bit will be cleared.
*CLS
OUTPUT 714;”*CLS”
21-2
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*ESE (Event Status Enable)
*ESE (Event Status Enable)
Description
The *ESE command sets the Standard Event Status Enable Register bits. The Standard Event Status Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Standard Event Status Register.
A “one” in the Standard Event Status Enable Register will enable the corresponding bit in the Standard Event Status Register, a logic zero will disable the bit. The *ESE query returns the contents of the
Standard Event Status Enable Register.
Command Syntax
*ESE? <mask>
Where <mask> = 0 to 255
Example
In this example,the *ESE 1 command will enable the OPC (operation complete) bit 6 of the Standard Event Status Enable Register.
OUTPUT 714;”*ESE 1”
Query Syntax
*ESE?
Returned Format
<mask><NL>
Where <mask> = 0 to 255
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*ESE?”
ENTER 714;Event
PRINT Event
21-3
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*ESR? (Event Status Register)
NOTE
*ESR? (Event Status Register)
Description
The *ESR? query returns the contents of the Standard Event Status
Register.
Reading the Standard Event Status Register clears the contents of the register.
Query Syntax:
*ESR?
Returned Format
<status><NL>
Where <status> = 0 to 255
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*ESR?”
ENTER 714;Event
PRINT Event
When you read the Event Status Register, the value returned is the total bit weights of all bits that are true at the time you read the byte.
21-4
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*IDN? (Identification Number)
*IDN? (Identification Number)
Description
The *IDN? query allows the instrument to identify itself. It returns the string:
”Hewlett-Packard,8922M,0,X.UU.VV”
X.UU.VV = the firmware revision of this instrument.
An *IDN? query must be the last query in a message. Any queries after the *IDN? query in this program message will be ignored.
Query Syntax
*IDN?
Returned Format
Hewlett-Packard,8922M,0,X.UU.VV<NL>
Example
DIM Id$[100]
OUTPUT 714;”*IDN?”
ENTER 714;Id$
PRINT Id$
21-5
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*OPC (Operation Complete)
*OPC (Operation Complete)
Description
The *OPC (operation complete) command will cause the instrument to set the operation complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register only when all pending operations are complete. The *OPC? query places an ASCII “1” in the output queue when all pending device operations are complete. There is a one second minimum delay between the query and the response. A pending operation in the
Agilent 8922M or Agilent 8922S is any measurement which is armed but not complete. When in remote operation with repetitive triggering all measurements, apart from BER, are self-arming. When in remote operation with single triggering all measurements, apart from BER, are armed by sending the
TRIGger[:IMMediate]
command or
*TRG. The BER measurement is armed by sending the
TRIGger:BETest:RUN
command.
Command Syntax
*OPC
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*OPC”
Query Syntax
*OPC?
Returned Format
1<NL>
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*OPC?”
ENTER 714;Op
PRINT Op
21-6
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*OPT?
*OPT?
Description
The *OPT? query will return a string containing the instrument options that are installed. Returns a “0” for any options that are not installed. Available options are
“SPECTRUM ANALYZER”, “LOW POWER RF ATTEN”,“CIPHERING”,
“HP83220A”, ”HP83220E”, “ELECTRONIC ATTEN”.
Query Syntax
*OPT?
Return Syntax
Where <string> = “0,0,0,0,0,0” with no options installed
Example
Here are two examples of possible return strings for a fully loaded instrument.
“SPECTRUM ANALYZER,LOW POWER
RF ATTEN,CIPHERING,HP83220A,0,ELECTRONIC ATTEN”.
“SPECTRUM ANALYZER,LOW POWER
RF ATTEN,CIPHERING,HP83220E,0,ELECTRONIC ATTEN”.
DIM Value$[100]
OUTPUT 714;”*OPT?”
ENTER 714;Value$
PRINT Value$
21-7
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*RCL (Recall)
IMPORTANT
*RCL (Recall)
Description
The *RCL command restores the state of the instrument from the specified internal save/recall register. An instrument setup must have been stored previously in the specified register. Registers 0 through 99 are general purpose and can be used with the *SAV command.
Command Syntax
*RCL <rcl_register>
Where <rcl_register> = 0 through 99 though the total number of registers used may be limited by the amount of memory available.
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*RCL 75”
An instrument state stored using [REGister:]SAVE may be recalled using *RCL or [REGister:]RECall. If the [REGister:]SAVE uses an alphanumeric string as the register name, the *RCL command will not work. *RCL only works with registers named using an integer from 0 through 99.
The following fields do not participate in Save/Recall, and will be set according to the recalled state of the operating mode (Active Cell | Test Mode | CW Generator).
• Cell Config - Settable| | Activated
• Dig Demod Arm State - Arm | Disarm
• DSP Meas - Trig Source
• DSP Meas - Trig Delay
• Demod Arm State - Arm | Disarm
• Meas Arm State - Arm | Disarm
• Meas Sync - Single | Cont
• Bit Error Test - Run | Stop
• Bit Error Test MS Loopback Loop Delay mode - Manual | Auto
• Hop Control RF Generator - Arm | Disarm
• Hop Control RF Analyzer - Arm | Disarm
• Hop Control RF Generator - Non-Hop | Hop
• Hop Control RF Analyzer - Non-Hop | Hop
• None of the CONFigure commands except :RADio,
:ROSCillator:OFFSet, ROSCillator:TUNing, and :PRINt:TITLe participate in Save/Recall, and will instead remain at their last setting.
21-8
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*RST (Reset)
*RST (Reset)
Description
The *RST command places the instrument in a known state.
Command Syntax
*RST
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*RST”
21-9
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*SAV (Save)
*SAV (Save)
Description
The *SAV command stores the current state of the instrument in an internal save register. The data parameter is the number of the save register where the data will be saved. Internal registers 0 through 99 are valid for this command. The total number of registers which can be saved is limited by the number of settings which differ from their preset condition and the memory available.
Command Syntax
*SAV <number>
Where <number> = 0 through 99
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*SAV 85”
The [REGister:]RECall command may be used to return the instrument to the state at which the instrument was saved using *SAV.
The [REGister:]RECall must use the same integer to return to this state. Strings are not accepted.
21-10
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*SRE (Service Request Enable)
NOTE
*SRE (Service Request Enable)
The *SRE command sets the Service Request Enable Register bits.
The Service Request Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Status Byte Register. A logic one in the
Service Request Enable Register will enable the corresponding bit in the Status Byte Register, a logic zero will disable the bit.
The *SRE query returns the current setting.
Command Syntax
*SRE <mask>
Where <mask> = 0 through 255
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*SRE 16”
This example enables a service request to be generated when a message is available in the output queue. When a message is available, the MAV bit will be high.
Query Syntax
*SRE?
<mask><NL>
Where <mask> = sum of all the bits that are set, 0 through 255.
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*SRE?”
ENTER 714;Value
PRINT Value
21-11
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*STB? (Status Byte)
*STB? (Status Byte)
Description
The *STB? query returns the current value of the instrument’s status byte. The RQS (request service) bit is reported on bit 6. The RQS indicates whether or not the device has at least one reason for requesting service.
Query Syntax
*STB?
<value><NL>
Where <value> = 0 through 255
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*STB?”
ENTER 714;Value
PRINT Value
21-12
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*TST? (Test)
NOTE
*TST? (Test)
Description
The *TST query causes the instrument to perform a self-test. The result of the test will be placed in the output queue.
Prior to sending this command, all front panel inputs must be disconnected.
A zero indicates the test passed and a non-zero value indicates the test failed.
Command Syntax
*TST?
Returned Format
<result><NL>
Where <result> = 0 or a non-zero value.
0 indicates the test has passed.
Non-zero indicates the test has failed.
21-13
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*WAI (Wait)
*WAI (Wait)
The *WAI command pauses the instrument, preventing it from executing any further GPIB commands or queries until no operations are pending.
Command Syntax
*WAI
Example
OUTPUT 714;”MEAS:PATTERN ’Facc’”
OUTPUT 714;”TRIG:MODE:RETRIGGER SINGLE”
OUTPUT 714;”*TRG”
OUTPUT 714;”*WAI”
! The following command will not execute until the trigger has occurred
! and is a valid measurement result.
OUTPUT 714;”MEAS:RF:FREQ:ACC?”
ENTER 714;Freq_acc
PRINT Freq_acc
21-14
22
LOGGing Subsystem
Logging commands are used to control protocol logging through the Protocol
Logging interface on the rear panel.
22-1
LOGGing Subsystem
22-2
LOGGing Subsystem
DATA:FLUSh
DATA:FLUSh
Description
FLUSh the LOGGing DATA - empties the contents of the log into an output stream to the external monitoring device. Note, the data will not be cleared.
Syntax
LOGGing:DATA:FLUSh
Options
Not Applicable
DATA:CLEar
Description
Clears the LOGGing DATA.
Syntax
Options
LOGGing:DATA:CLEar
Not Applicable
PFILter
Description
Selects/queries the Pass FILter used when data is logged.
Syntax
LOGGing:PFILter?
LOGGing:PFILter <string>
Options
’NETWKONLY’ | ’+DATALINK’ | ’+SERVICE’
Where;
• NETWKONLY means log peer-to-peer messages between the network layers.
• +DATALINK means NETWKONLY plus log peer-to-peer messages between the between the data link layers.
• +SERVICE means NETWKONLY plus DATALINK plus log inter-layer messages and intra-layer service request and response messages.
22-3
LOGGing Subsystem
STATe
STATe
Description
Selects/queries the current LOGGing STATe
Syntax
Options
LOGGing:STATe?
LOGGing:STATe <string>
’LOG’ | ’PAUSE’
Where;
• LOG indicates that data is being logged.
• PAUSE indicates that data is temporarily not being logged.
22-4
23
Measurement Sync Subsystem
23-1
Measurement Sync Subsystem
23-2
Measurement Sync Subsystem
BURSt:LENGth
BURSt:LENGth
Description
Selects/queries the MSYNc user-defined BURSt LENGth for the selected burst number
Syntax
Options
MSYNc:BURSt:LENGth<n>?
MSYNc:BURSt:LENGth<n> <string>?
where <n> = 0 to 3.
‘87’ | ‘147’
BURSt:SPSPosition
Description
Sets/queries the MSYNc user-defined Sync Pattern Start Position for the selected burst number
Syntax
MSYNc:BURSt:SPSPosition<n>?
MSYNc:BURSt:SPSPosition<n> <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
where <n> = 0 to 3.
Refer to Appendix A.
BURSt:TQUalifier
Description
Selects/queries the Trigger QUalifier for the selected burst number
Note: this selects the trigger qualifier for both
MSYNc:BURSt:TQU<n> and DDEMod:BURSt:TQU<n>.
Syntax
MSYNc:BURSt:TQUalifier<n>?
MSYNc:BURSt:TQUalifier<n> <string>
Options
where <n> = 0 to 3.
’NORMAL’ | ’RF POWER’
Where;
• NORMAL means no trigger qualifier.
• RF POWER means ’rearm for another trigger if RF POWER never came up’.
23-3
Measurement Sync Subsystem
BURSt:TYPE
BURSt:TYPE
Description
Selects/queries the MSYNc BURSt TYPE for the selected burst number
Note: this selects the type for both MSYN:BURSt:TYPE<n> and
DDEMod:BURSt:TYPE<n>.
Syntax
MSYNc:BURSt:TYPE<n>?
MSYNc:BURSt:TYPE<n> <string>
Options
where <n> = 0 to 3.
’TSC0’ | ’TSC1’ | ’TSC2’ | ’TSC3’ |
’TSC4’ | ’TSC5’ | ’TSC6’ | ’TSC7’ |
’RACH’ | ’SCH’ | ’FCH’ | ’USER DEF’
BURSt:UDSPattern
Description
Sets/queries the MSYNc User Defined Sync Pattern definition for the selected burst number
Syntax
MSYNc:BURSt:UDSPattern<n>?
MSYNc:BURSt:UDSPattern<n> <quoted string>
Options
where <n> = 0 to 3.
SYNC:BSELect
Description
Selects/queries the burst selection to synchronize measurements to.
Syntax
MSYNc:SYNC:BSELect?
MSYNc:SYNC:BSELect <string>
Options
’0’ | ’1’ | ’2’ | ’3’ | ’EXT’
Where;
• 0 means always sync to burst number 0.
• 1 means always sync to burst number 1.
• 2 means always sync to burst number 2.
• 3 means always sync to burst number 3.
• EXT means use external signals to decide which burst number to sync to.
23-4
Measurement Sync Subsystem
SYNC:MODE
SYNC:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the SYNC MODE algorithm that is used to determine the location of the demodulated data bits in the measured burst.
Syntax
MSYNc:SYNC:MODE?
MSYNc:SYNC:MODE <string>
Options
’MIDAMBLE’ | ’AMPLITUDE’
Where;
• MIDAMBLE means sync using the best bit match of the demodulated data bits to the selected midamble or user-defined sync pattern.
• AMPLITUDE means sync by centering the burst in the detected amplitude envelope.
23-5
Measurement Sync Subsystem
SYNC:MODE
23-6
24
Mobile Station Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
24-1
Mobile Station Commands (Measure Subsystem)
24-2
Mobile Station Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MS:TERRor
MS:TERRor
Description
Queries the Mobile Station Timing Error actually Measured by the Agilent 8922M/S.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:CELL:MS:TERRor?
Not Applicable.
MS:TADVance
Description
Queries the Mobile Station Timing Advance actually Measured by the Agilent 8922M/S.
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:MS:TADVance?
Options
Not Applicable.
SACCh:ACEL1:ARFCn
Description
Queries the Adjacent Cell ARFCn.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:ACEL1:ARFCn<n>?
Where n=1 through 6
SACCh:ACEL1:BCC
Description
Queries the Adjacent Cell (BSIC) Base Station Colour Code.
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:ACEL1:BCC<n>?
Options
Where n=1 through 6
SACCh:ACEL1:NCC
Description
Queries the Adjacent Cell (BSIC) Network Colour Code.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:ACEL1:NCC<n>?
Where n=1 through 6
24-3
Mobile Station Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SACCh:ACEL1:RLEVel
SACCh:ACEL1:RLEVel
Description
Queries the Adjacent Cell RX Level.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:ACEL1:RLEVel<n>?
Where n=1 through 6
SACCh:FULL:RLEVel
Description
Queries the Full RX Level (serving cell).
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:FULL:RLEVel?
Options
Not Applicable.
SACCh:FULL:RQUality
Description
Queries the Full RX Quality (serving cell).
Syntax
Options
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:FULL:RQUality?
Not Applicable.
SACCh:PARTial:RLEVel
Description
Queries the Partial RX Level (serving cell).
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:PARTial:RLEVel?
Options
Not Applicable.
SACCh:PARTial:RQUality
Description
Queries the Partial RX Quality (serving cell).
Syntax
Options
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:PARTial:RQUality?
Not Applicable.
24-4
Mobile Station Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SACCh:RESet
SACCh:RESet
Description
RESets the SACCH measurement results.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:RESet
Not Applicable.
SACCh:TADVance
Description
Queries the SACCH Timing Advance reported by the Mobile Station.
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:TADVance?
Options
Not Applicable.
SACCh:TLEVel
Description
Queries the SACCH TX Level reported by the Mobile Station.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:TLEVel?
Not Applicable.
24-5
Mobile Station Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SACCh:TLEVel
24-6
25
NOTE
MS Information Subsystem
If you have the Agilent 8922M/S Option 010 Multi-Band Test System, you will have access to additional GPIB commands. These commands are used when working with dual band mobiles. For a full description of these additional commands and their syntax, refer to the Agilent 8922 Multi-Band User’s Guide.
25-1
MS Information Subsystem
25-2
MS Information Subsystem
CIPHering:AMODe
CIPHering:AMODe
Description
Selects/queries the CIPhering Authentication MODe.
Syntax
MSINfo:CIPHering:AMODe?
MSINfo:CIPHering:AMODe <string>
Options
’FULL-54’ | ’FULL-64’ | ’PARTIAL’ | ’NONE’
Where;
• FULL-54 means that the user need only provide the Authentication Key (KI). Only the first 54 bits of the Authentication Key will be used, and the 10 least-significant-bits will be unused.
• FULL-64 means that the user need only provide the Authentication Key (KI). The entire 64 bits of the Authentication Key will be used.
• PARTIAL means that the Ciphering Key (KC) and a random number (RAND) is needed.
• NONE means that no authentication will take place.
CIPHering:KC
Description
Sets/queries the Ciphering Key (KC).
Syntax
MSINfo:CIPHering:KC?
MSINfo:CIPHering:KC <quoted string>
Options
Quoted string representing a hexadecimal (64 bit) value.
25-3
MS Information Subsystem
CIPHering:KI
CIPHering:KI
Description
Sets/queries the Authentication Key (KI).
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:CIPHering:KI?
MSINfo:CIPHering:KI <quoted string>
Quoted string representing a hexadecimal (128 bit) value.
CIPHering:RAND
Description
Sets/queries the RAND value (random number).
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:CIPHering:RAND?
MSINfo:CIPHering:RAND <quoted string>
Quoted string representing a hexadecimal (128 bit) value.
CIPHering:SRES
Description
Queries the BS SRES (Signed RESponse to RAND).
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:CIPHering:SRES?
MSINfo:CIPHering:SRES <quoted string>
This is a quoted string representing a 32 bit hexadecimal.
CIPHering[:STATe]
Description
Selects/queries the CIPHering (encryption) STATe of the MS and BS for the next call made.
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:CIPHering[:STATe]?
MSINfo:CIPHering[:STATe] <string>
’OFF’ | ’DISABLED’ | ’ENABLED’
Where;
• OFF means no ciphering and don’t send out the ciphering signaling.
• DISABLED means send out the ciphering signaling, but select ciphering disabled.
• ENABLED means enable ciphering - this is only allowed if the Ciphering Option is installed (see *OPT?).
25-4
MS Information Subsystem
MS:ATTach
MS:ATTach
Description
Selects/queries the IMSI attach/detach mode.
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:MS:ATTach?
MSINfo:MS:ATTach <string>
’ON’ | ’OFF’
Where;
• When attach is set to ON the MS will automatically perform a location update after camping to the BCH, regardless of whether the cell attributes are the same as those stored by the MS. This allows a quick functional test to be performed on the MS before performing a call.
• The default is OFF.
MS:CMARk:PCLass?
Description
Queries the Class MARk Power CLass - comes from the MS when a call is made.
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:MS:CMARk:PCLass?
Not Applicable.
MS:CMARk:REVision?
Description
Queries the value encoded in the revision level bits of the MS.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:CMARk:REVision?
Options
Not Applicable.
MS:CMARk:BAND?
Description
Queries the value encoded in the frequency capability bits of the MS.
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:MS:CMARk:BAND?
Not Applicable.
25-5
MS Information Subsystem
MS:IMEI:REQuest
MS:IMEI:REQuest
Description
Fetches the International Mobile Equipment Identity from the MS. A call must be in place.
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:MS:IMEI:REQuest
Not options.
MS:IMEI?
Description
Queries the MS International Mobile Equipment Identity. An IMEI:REQest must have been made before this query can be carried out.
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:MS:IMEI? <quoted string>
This is quoted string of up to 15 decimal digits.
MS:IMSI:SPAGing
Description
Sets the PAGing IMSI - copies the MS’s IMSI (MS:IMSI) to the MS’s Paging IMSI
([:PAGing]:IMSI).
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:MS:IMSI:SPAGing
No Options
MS:IMSI?
Description
Queries the MS’s International Mobile Subscriber Identity.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:IMSI? <quoted string>
Options
This is quoted string of up to 15 decimal digits.
MS:LAI:LACode?
Description
Queries the Location Area Code portion of the last LAI.
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:MS:LAI:LACode?
Not Applicable.
25-6
MS Information Subsystem
MS:LAI:MCCode?
MS:LAI:MCCode?
Description
Queries the Mobile Country Code portion of the last LAI.
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:MS:MCCode?
Not Applicable.
MS:LAI:MNCode?
Description
Queries the Mobile Network Code portion of the last LAI.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:MNCode?
Options
Not Applicable.
MS:ONUMber?
Description
Queries the MS Originated NUMber.
Syntax
Options
MSINfo:MS:ONUMber?
This quoted string represents up to 20-digit decimal number representing the party number the MS was calling for an MS-initiated call. The field will show a leading ’+’ if this is an international call.
MS:PAGPer
Description
Sets/queries the paging period parameter in the broadcast control channel.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:PAGPer?
MSINfo:MS:PAGPer <integer>
Options
Where integer = 2 through 9.
MS:SRES?
Description
Queries the MS SRES (MS Signed RESponse to RAND).
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:SRES?
Options
This is a quoted string representing a 32 bit hexadecimal.
25-7
MS Information Subsystem
[:PAGing]:IMSIdentity
[:PAGing]:IMSIdentity
Description
Sets/queries the MS’s PAGing IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity).
Syntax
Options
MSINfo[:PAGing]:IMSIdentity?
MSINfo[:PAGing]:IMSIdentity <quoted string>
This is a quoted string representing up to 15 decimal digits.
[:PAGing]:TMSI:REALlocation
Description
Queries the TMSI (Temporary Subscriber Identity) value.
REALocates a new TMSI value based on generating a random number.
Syntax
MSINfo[:PAGing]:TMSI:REALlocation
Options
Not Applicable.
[:PAGing]:TMSI:STATe
Description
Selects/queries whether to use the TMSI value when the next call is made.
Syntax
Options
MSINfo[:PAGing]:TMSI:STATe?
MSINfo[:PAGing]:TMSI:STATe <string>
‘ON’ | ’OFF’
25-8
26
OSCilloscope Subsystem
26-1
OSCilloscope Subsystem
26-2
OSCilloscope Subsystem
CONTrol
CONTrol
Description
Selects/queries the OSCilloscope CONTrols - various fields will appear based on the
CONTrol selection.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:CONTrol?
OSCilloscope:CONTrol <string>
Options
’MAIN’ | ’TRIGGER’ | ’MARKER’
MARKer:NPEak
Description
Causes the OSCilloscope MARKer to move to the lowest Negative PEak displayed.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:MARKer:NPEak
Options
Not Applicable.
MARKer:PPEak
Description
Causes the OSCilloscope MARKer to move to the highest Positive PEak displayed.
Syntax
Options
OSCilloscope:MARKer:PPEak
Not Applicable.
MARKer:POSition
Description
Sets/queries the MARKer POSition. This is the number of divisions from the left side of the graticule to the marker.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:MARKer:POSition?
OSCilloscope:MARKer:POSition <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
26-3
OSCilloscope Subsystem
SCALe:TIME
SCALe:TIME
Description
Selects/queries the horizontal sweep time per division.
Syntax
Options
OSCilloscope:SCALe:TIME?
OSCilloscope:SCALe:TIME <string>
’200 ms’ | ’100 ms’ | ’50 ms’ | ’20 ms’ |
’10 ms’ | ’5 ms’ | ’2 ms’ | ’1 ms’, |
’500 us’ | ’200 us’ | ’100 us’ | ’50 us’ |
’20 us’ | ’10 us’ | ’5 us’ | ’2 us’ |
’1 us’
SCALe:VERTical:AM
Description
Selects/queries the VERTical amplitude per division for AF Analyzer input selections
(AFAN:INP) that have AM units of Percent.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:AM?
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:AM <string>
Options
’50 %’ | ’20 %’ | ’10 %’ | ’5 %’ |
’2 %’ | ’1 %’ | ’0.5 %’ | ’0.2 %’ |
’0.1 %’ | ’0.05 %’
SCALe:VERTical:FM
Description
Selects/queries the VERTical amplitude per division for AF Analyzer input selections
(AFAN:INP) that have FM units of Hertz.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:FM?
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:FM <string>
Options
’50 kHz’ | ’20 kHz’ | ’10 kHz’ | ’5 kHz’ |
’2 kHz’ | ’1 kHz’ | ’500 Hz’ | ’200 Hz’ |
’100 Hz’ | ’50 Hz’ | ’20 Hz’ | ’10 Hz’
26-4
OSCilloscope Subsystem
SCALe:VERTical:OFFSet
SCALe:VERTical:OFFSet
Description
Sets/queries the number of divisions that the displayed signal is VERTically OFFSet above the Oscilloscope’s fixed center line.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:OFFSet?
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:OFFSet <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
SCALe:VERTical:VOLTs
Description
Selects/queries the VERTical amplitude per division for AF Analyzer input selections
(AFAN:INP) that have units of VOLTs.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:VOLTs?
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:VOLTs <string>
Options
’20 V’ | ’10 V’ | ’5 V’ | ’2 V’ | ’1 V’ |
500 mV’ | ’200 mV’ | ’100 mV’ | ’50 mV’ |
‘20 mV’ | ’10 mV’ | ’5 mV’ | ’2 mV’ |
’1 mV’ | ’500 uV’ | ’200 uV’ | ’100 uV’ |
’50 uV’ | ’20 uV’
TRIGger:LEVel
Description
Sets/queries the TRIGger LEVel. This only applies when TRIGger:SOURce is ’Scope
Lvl’. The TRIGger LEVel is indicated by small pointers that appear on each side of the graticule. GPIB units is DIV.
Example: ”OSC:TRIG:LEV 2 DIV” set the oscilloscope trigger to 2 divisions above the horizontal axis.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:LEVel?
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:LEVel <real> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
26-5
OSCilloscope Subsystem
TRIGger:MODE
TRIGger:MODE
Description
Selects/queries how measurements are armed to accept a trigger.
IMPORTANT
Syntax
Options
This command will set the trigger mode when in Local mode, it is overridden by
TRIGger:MODE:RETRigger REPetitive | SINGle when in Remote mode.
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:MODE?
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:MODE <string>
’CONT’ | ’SINGLE’
Where;
• CONT means that the oscilloscope is continuously armed to accept a trigger.
• SINGLE means that the oscilloscope is armed to accept a trigger each time that
TRIGger:RESet is selected.
TRIGger:PRETrigger
Description
Sets/queries the PRETrigger value. This is the number of divisions previous to the trigger point.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:PRETrigger?
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:PRETrigger <real> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
TRIGger:RESet
Description
Arms a measurement when TRIGger:MODE ‘SINGLE’ is selected or when
TRIGger:MODE:RETRigger SINGle is selected.
Syntax
Options
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:RESet
Not Applicable.
26-6
OSCilloscope Subsystem
TRIGger:SENSe
TRIGger:SENSe
Description
Selects/queries whether TRIGgering occurs on the positive-going (POS) or negativegoing(NEG) trigger signal.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:SENSe?
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:SENSe <string>
Options
’POS’ | ’NEG’
TRIGger:SOURce
Description
Selects/queries the Oscilloscope TRIGger SOURce.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:SOURce?
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:SOURce <string>
Options
’SCOPE LVL’ | ’EXTERNAL’
• SCOPE LVL means that the input signal level is used for triggering.
• EXTERNAL means that the front panel MEASURE TRIGGER IN is used for triggering.
TRIGger:TYPE
Description
Selects/queries the Oscilloscope TRIGger TYPE.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:TYPE?
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:TYPE <string>
Options
’AUTO’ | ’NORM’
• AUTO means automatically trigger a sweep is a triggering signal is not detected within about 50 ms of the last trigger.
• NORM means that a specific triggering signal is required before triggering.
26-7
OSCilloscope Subsystem
TRIGger:TYPE
26-8
27
Oscilloscope Commands (Measure Subsystem)
27-1
Oscilloscope Commands (Measure Subsystem)
27-2
Oscilloscope Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:LEVel:AM
MARKer:LEVel:AM
Description
Queries the MARKer LEVel which is the signal level of the current marker position for AF
Analyzer input selections (AFAN:INP) that have AM units of Percent. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by OSC:MARK:POS.
GPIB unit is Percent (PCT);
Display unit is Percent (PCT).
Syntax
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:LEVel:AM?]
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:LEVel:AM[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
MARKer:LEVel:FM
Description
Queries the MARKer LEVel which is the signal level of the current marker position for AF
Analyzer input selections (AFAN:INP) that have FM units of Hertz. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by OSC:MARK:POS.
GPIB units are HZ, kHZ;
Display units are kHZ.
Syntax
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:LEVel:FM?]
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:LEVel:FM[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
MARKer:LEVel:VOLTs
Description
Queries the MARKer LEVel which is the signal level of the current marker position for AF
Analyzer input selections (AFAN:INP) that have units of VOLTs. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by OSC:MARK:POS.
GPIB unit is Volts (V);
Display units are V, mV default unit is V.
Syntax
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:LEVel:VOLTs?]
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:LEVel:VOLTs[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
27-3
Oscilloscope Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:TIME
MARKer:TIME
Description
Queries the MARKer TIME MEASurement which time elapsed from the trigger point to the current marker position. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by OSC:MARK:POS.
GPIB unit is seconds (S);
Display units are S, MS; default unit is MS.
Syntax
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:TIME?
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:TIME[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
TRACe
Description
Queries the oscilloscope TRACe MEASurement result.
Syntax
MEASure:OSCilloscope:TRACe?
Options
Not Applicable.
27-4
28
Output RF Spectrum Subsystem
28-1
Output RF Spectrum Subsystem
28-2
Output RF Spectrum Subsystem
FREQuency:OFFSet
FREQuency:OFFSet
Description
Sets/queries the Output RF Spectrum FREQuency OFFSet setting. This field is only used when not making reference measurements. The offset is automatically set to 0.0 kHz when
MODE is set to either RAMP REF or MOD REF.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is kHZ.
Syntax
ORFSpectrum:FREQuency:OFFSet?
ORFSpectrum:FREQuency:OFFSet <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
MARKer:POSition
Description
Sets/queries the Output RF Spectrum MARKer POSition setting. The value is given in units of divisions from the left side of the trace (0 to 10 divisions).
Syntax
ORFSpectrum:MARKer:POSition?
ORFSpectrum:MARKer:POSition <integer> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
28-3
Output RF Spectrum Subsystem
MODE
MODE
Description
Selects/queries the MODE for Output RF Spectrum measurements.
Syntax
Options
ORFSpectrum:MODE?
ORFSpectrum:MODE <string>
’RAMP REF’ | ’RAMPING’ |
’MOD REF’ | ’MODULATN’
Where;
• RAMP REF means make a reference measurement needed to make Output RF
Spectrum due to ramping measurements.
• RAMPING means power is measured for the Output RF Spectrum during the time when the envelope is ramping up and down. (The peak value is returned within the time interval 28 us before bit 0 to 28 us after bit 147.)
• MOD REF means make a reference measurement needed to make Output RF Spectrum due to modulation measurements.
• MODULATN (modulation) means power is measured for the Output RF Spectrum during the useful bits.
SACalibrate
Description
Calibrates the Spectrum Analyzer for making Output RF Spectrum or Pulse On/Off Ratio measurements. This command is only active when TRIG:MODE[:DSP] = ’SINGLE’.
Syntax
ORFSpectrum:SACalibrate
Options
Not Applicable.
28-4
29
Output RF Spectrum Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
29-1
Output RF Spectrum Commands (Measure Subsystem)
29-2
Output RF Spectrum Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FBIT
FBIT
Description
Queries the position of the First (useful) BIT in time relative to when the Output RF
Spectrum measurement trigger occurred.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T); default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods); default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:FBIT?
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:FBIT[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
FMERrors
Description
FM ERrors query returns the number of FM demodulated bits different from the best bit match (of the demodulated burst bits) to the selected midamble before differential decoding for ORFS[:POWer] measurement. This only valid for MSYN:SYNC:MODE
’MIDAMBLE’.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:FMERrors?
Not Applicable.
MARKer:LEVel
Description
Queries the MARKer LEVel which is relative amplitude data. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by ORFSpectrum:MARKer:POSition. Default unit is dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst when ORFS:FREQ was set to zero.
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:MARKer:LEVel?]
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:MARKer:LEVel[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
29-3
Output RF Spectrum Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:TIME
MARKer:TIME
Description
Queries the MARKer TIME which is the marker’s position relative to bit zero in the measured burst. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by
ORFS:MARK:POS.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T); default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods); default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:MARKer:TIME?
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:MARKer:TIME[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
[:POWer]
Description
Queries the Output Spectrum POWer MEASurement result.
Default unit is dB relative (as per GSM rec. 5.05, etc.).
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:ORFSpectrum[:POWer]?
MEASure:ORFSpectrum[:POWer][:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
29-4
Output RF Spectrum Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SSTatus
SSTatus
Description
Queries the Sync STatus for the current DSP measurement.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:SSTatus?
Returns one of the following states;
’No Error’ | ’ShortBurst’ | ’Level Late’ | ’LevelShort’ |
’FM Error’ | ’Low Level’ | ‘Math Error’ | ’RF Ovrload’.
The message return priority (highest to lowest) is as follows:
• Math Error
• RF Ovrload | Low Level
• FM Error
• ShortBurst | Level Late | LevelShort
• No Error
The above defined as;
• ShortBurst - amplitude envelope not long enough for the selected burst length.
• RF Ovrload - the DSP Analyzer sampler hardware overloaded during sampling.
• FM Error - at least one FM error was detected during the Midamble (or User Defined
Sync Pattern) portion of the selected burst (only possible for MSYN:SYNC:MODE
’MIDAMBLE’)
• Level Late - amplitude of the burst did not rise until after the first few bits were received.
• Level Short - amplitude of the burst fell before the last few bits were received.
• Low Level - DSP Analyzer RF level never got high enough to make a valid measurement.
• Math Error - DSP Analyzer math-related error occurred.
• No Error - no error occurred in synchronizing to the selected burst
29-5
Output RF Spectrum Commands (Measure Subsystem)
TRACe
NOTE
TRACe
Description
Queries the Output RF Spectrum MEASurement result and returns 417 floating-point numbers representing the trace.
Syntax
Options
The time between each point is 1.7 uS.
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:TRACe?
Not Applicable.
29-6
30
PULSe On/Off Ratio Subsystem
30-1
PULSe On/Off Ratio Subsystem
30-2
PULSe On/Off Ratio Subsystem
MARKer[:POSition]:FALL
MARKer[:POSition]:FALL
Description
Sets/queries the PULSe MARKer FALL trace POSition setting. The value is given in units of divisions from the left side of the trace (0 to 10 divisions).
Syntax
PULSe:MARKer[:POSition]:FALL?
PULSe:MARKer[:POSition]:FALL <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
MARKer[:POSition]:RISE
Description
Sets/queries the PULSe MARKer RISE trace POSition setting. The value is given in units of divisions from the left side of the trace (0 to 10 divisions).
Syntax
PULSe:MARKer[:POSition]:RISE?
PULSe:MARKer[:POSition]:RISE <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
MARKer:OPOSition:FALL
Description
Sets/queries the PULSe Off POSition FALL setting. This is the time (relative to the center of the last bit) that the amplitude on the amplitude envelope will be measured. The range is 0.0 us to +56.0 us.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T).
default unit is seconds (S), default display unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
PULSe:MARKer:OPOSition:FALL?
PULSe:MARKer:OPOSition:FALL <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
30-3
PULSe On/Off Ratio Subsystem
MARKer:OPOSition:RISE
MARKer:OPOSition:RISE
Description
Sets/queries the PULSe Off POSition RISE setting. This is the time (relative to the center of bit zero) that the amplitude on the amplitude envelope will be measured. The range is -
56.0 us to 0.0 us.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T).
default unit is seconds (S), default display unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
PULSe:MARKer:OPOSition:RISE?
MARKer:OPOSition:RISE <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
SACalibrate
Description
Calibrates the Spectrum Analyzer for making Output RF Spectrum or Pulse On/Off Ratio measurements. This command is only active when TRIG:MODE[:DSP] = ’SINGLE’.
Syntax
Options
PULSe:SACalibrate
Not Applicable.
30-4
31
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
31-1
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
31-2
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FBIT
FBIT
Description
Queries the position of the First (useful) BIT in time relative to when the Pulse On/Off measurement trigger occurred.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T); default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods); default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:FBIT?
MEASure:PULSe:FBIT[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
FMERrors
Description
FM ERrors query returns the number of FM demodulated bits different from the best bit match (of the demodulated burst bits) to the selected midamble before differential decoding for the Pulse measurement. This only valid for MSYN:SYNC:MODE ’MIDAMBLE’.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:PULSe:FMERrors?
Not Applicable.
MARKer:LEVel:FALL
Description
Queries the FALL trace MARKer LEVel which is relative amplitude data. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by PULS:MARK:POS:FALL.
Default unit is dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB units are dB.
Display units are dB.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:LEVel:FALL?
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:LEVel:FALL[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
31-3
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:LEVel:RISE
MARKer:LEVel:RISE
Description
Queries the RISE trace MARKer LEVel which is relative amplitude data. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by PULS:MARK:POS:RISE.
Default unit is dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB units are dB.
Display units are dB.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:LEVel:RISE?
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:LEVel:RISE[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
MARKer:TIME:FALL
Description
Queries the FALL trace TIME which is the marker’s position relative to bit zero in the measured burst. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by
PULS:MARK:POS:FALL.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T); default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods); default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:TIME:FALL?
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:TIME:FALL[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
31-4
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:TIME:RISE
MARKer:TIME:RISE
Description
Queries the RISE trace TIME which is the marker’s position relative to bit zero in the measured burst. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by
PULS:MARK:POS:RISE.
GPIB units are seconds (S),bit periods (T); default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods); default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:TIME:RISE?
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:TIME:RISE[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
OORatio:FALL
Description
Queries the PULSe On/Off Ratio FALL trace MEASurement result.
Default units: dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:OORatio:FALL?
MEASure:PULSe:OORatio:FALL[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
OORatio:RISE
Description
Queries the PULSe On/Off Ratio RISE trace MEASurement result.
Default units: dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:OORatio:RISE?
MEASure:PULSe:OORatio:RISE[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
31-5
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SSTatus
SSTatus
Description
Queries the Sync STatus for the current DSP measurement.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:PULSe:SSTatus?
Returns one of the following states;
’No Error’ | ’ShortBurst’ | ’Level Late’ | ’LevelShort’ |
’FM Error’ | ’Low Level’ | ‘Math Error’ | ’RF Ovrload’.
The message return priority (highest to lowest) is as follows:
• Math Error
• RF Ovrload | Low Level
• FM Error
• ShortBurst | Level Late | LevelShort
• No Error
The above defined as;
• ShortBurst - amplitude envelope not long enough for the selected burst length.
• RF Ovrload - the DSP Analyzer sampler hardware overloaded during sampling.
• FM Error - at least one FM error was detected during the Midamble (or User Defined
Sync Pattern) portion of the selected burst (only possible for MSYN:SYNC:MODE
’MIDAMBLE’)
• Level Late - amplitude of the burst did not rise until after the first few bits were received.
• Level Short - amplitude of the burst fell before the last few bits were received.
• Low Level - DSP Analyzer RF level never got high enough to make a valid measurement.
• Math Error - DSP Analyzer math-related error occurred.
• No Error - no error occurred in synchronizing to the selected burst
31-6
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
TRACe:FALL
TRACe:FALL
Description
Queries the Pulse On/Off FALL TRACe MEASurement result and returns 417 floatingpoint numbers representing the trace.
NOTE: the time between each point is 0.2 uS.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:TRACe:FALL?
Options
Not Applicable.
TRACe:RISE
Description
Queries the Pulse On/Off RISE TRACe MEASurement result and returns 417 floatingpoint numbers representing the trace.
NOTE: the time between each point is 0.2 uS.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:TRACe:RISE?
Options
Not Applicable.
31-7
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
TRACe:RISE
31-8
32
RF Analyzer Subsystem
32-1
RF Analyzer Subsystem
32-2
Continued Over
RF Analyzer Subsystem
32-3
RF Analyzer Subsystem
AGC:CALibrate
AGC:CALibrate
Description
Does an open loop AGC CALibration if in FRAN:AGC:MODE ‘CLOSED’.
Syntax
Options
RFANalyzer:AGC:CALibrate
Not Applicable.
AGC:DVALue
Description
Sets/queries the open/auto AGC DAC VAlue
Syntax
RFANalyzer:AGC:DVALue?
RFANalyzer:AGC:DVALue <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
AGC:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the AGC MODE (NORMAL is closed loop).
Syntax
RFANalyzer:AGC:MODE?
RFANalyzer:AGC:MODE <string>
Options
’CLOSED’ | ’OPEN’ | ‘AUTO’
AMPLitude1
Description
Sets/queries the amplitude (input level to assume) of the RF IN/OUT port. Used when
RFAN:INP is ’RF IN/OUT’.
GPIB and display units are dBm, Volts (V) and Watts (W);
Default GPIB and display unit is dBm.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:AMPLitude1?
RFANalyzer:AMPLitude1 <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
32-4
RF Analyzer Subsystem
AMPLitude2
AMPLitude2
Description
Sets/queries the amplitude (input level to assume) of the AUX RF IN port. Used when
RFAN:INP is ’AUX RF IN’.
GPIB and display units are dBm, Volts (V) and Watts (W);
Default GPIB and display unit is dBm.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:AMPLitude2?
RFANalyzer:AMPLitude2 <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
[:AMPLitude]:ACCuracy
Description
Selects/queries the RF ANalyzer AMPLitude ACCuracy.
Syntax
RFANalyzer[:AMPLitude]:ACCuracy?
RFANalyzer[:AMPLitude]:ACCuracy <string>
Options
‘+-3dB’ | ‘+-1dB’
[:AMPLitude]:CONTrol
Description
Selects/queries the RFAnalyzer AMPLitude CONTrolling mechanism.
Syntax
RFANalyzer[:AMPLitude]:CONTrol?
RFANalyzer[:AMPLitude]:CONTrol <string>
Options
’MS TX LEV’ | ’MANUAL’
Where;
• MS TX LEV means that the AMPLitude (RFAN:AMPL1 or RFAN:AMPL2) is set automatically based on the setting of CELL:MS:TLEVel.
• MANUAL means that the user can manually set the AMPLitude (RFAN:AMPL1 or
RFAN:AMPL2)
32-5
RF Analyzer Subsystem
FREQuency
FREQuency
Description
Sets/queries the non-hop FREQuency for the RF ANalyzer.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is MHZ.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:FREQuency?
RFANalyzer:FREQuency <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
FREQuency:GTIMe
Description
Sets/queries the RF ANalyzer Gate TIME (RF Cnt Gate).
Default GPIB unit is seconds (S).
Default display unit is micro-seconds (us).
Syntax
RFANalyzer:FREQuency:GTIMe?
RFANalyzer:FREQuency:GTIMe <real> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
FREQuency:HMEas
Description
Sets the Hop Meas Frequency, which is the frequency to be assumed when making measurements while hopping.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is MHZ.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:FREQuency:HMEas <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
32-6
RF Analyzer Subsystem
FREQuency:OFFSet
FREQuency:OFFSet
Description
Sets/queries the Hop Frequency OFFSet for the RF ANalyzer.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is MHZ.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:FREQuency:OFFSet?
RFANalyzer:FREQuency:OFFSet <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
GTIMe
Description
Sets/queries the RF ANalyzer Gate TIME (RF Cnt Gate).
Default GPIB unit is seconds (S).
Default display unit is micro-seconds (us).
Syntax
RFANalyzer:GTIMe?
RFANalyzer:GTIMe <real> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
INPut
Description
Selects/queries the selected INPut port for the RF ANalyzer.
Syntax
Options
RFANalyzer:INPut?
RFANalyzer:INPut <string>
‘RF IN/OUT’ | ‘AUX RF IN’
ARFCn
Description
Selects/queries the Channel number which the RF ANalyzer will measure.
Syntax
Options
RFANalyzer:ARFCn?
RFANalyzer:ARFCn <integer> | [:INUM]
Refer to Appendix A.
32-7
RF Analyzer Subsystem
ARFCn
32-8
33
RF Generator Subsystem
33-1
RF Generator Subsystem
33-2
RF Generator Subsystem
AMPLitude1
AMPLitude1
Description
Sets/queries the amplitude of the RF Generator when the RF IN/OUT port is selected.
GPIB and display units are dBm, Volts (V) and Watts (W); Default GPIB and display unit is dBm.
Syntax
RFGenerator:AMPLitude1?
RFGenerator:AMPLitude1 <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
AMPLitude1:ATTenuation[:AUTO]
Description
Selects the ATTenuation of the RF IN/OUT port automatically each time a change of amplitude setting occurs when ON.
Syntax
RFGenerator:AMPLitude1:ATTenuation[:AUTO]?
RFGenerator:AMPLitude1:ATTenuation[:AUTO] <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
AMPLitude2
Description
Sets/queries the amplitude of the RF Generator when the AUX RFOUT port is selected.
GPIB and display units are dBm, Volts (V) and Watts (W); Default GPIB and display unit is dBm.
Syntax
RFGenerator:AMPLitude2?
RFGenerator:AMPLitude2 <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
AMPLitude2:ATTenuation[:AUTO]
Description
Selects the ATTenuation of the AUX RFOUT port automatically each time a change of amplitude setting occurs when ON.
Syntax
RFGenerator:AMPLitude2:ATTenuation[:AUTO]?
RFGenerator:AMPLitude2:ATTenuation[:AUTO] <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
33-3
RF Generator Subsystem
FREQuency
FREQuency
Description
Sets/queries the non-hop FREQuency of the RF Generator.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is MHZ.
Syntax
RFGenerator:FREQuency?
RFGenerator:FREQuency <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
NOTE
MODulation:DCAM
Description
Selects/queries the state of DC AM MODulation.
Syntax
Options
This command is not available in the Agilent 8922S.
RFGenerator:MODulation:DCAM?
RFGenerator:MODualtion:DCAM <string>
’EXTERNAL’ | ’OFF’ | ’TCH LOWER’ | ’BCCHLOWER’ | ’BOTHLOWER’
Where;
• EXTERNAL means DC AM comes from an external AM input.
• OFF means no DC AM.
• TCH LOWER means the BCCH will be at the RF Level of the RF Analyzer Amplitude setting and the TCH RF Level will be lower by the dB determined by setting
RFANalyzer:INPut.
• BCCHLOWER means the TCH will be at the RF Level of the RF Analyzer Amplitude setting and the TCH RF Level will be lower by the dB determined by setting
RFANalyzer:INPut.
• BOTHLOWER means both the TCH and the BCCH will be lower by the dB determined by setting RFANalyzer:INPut.
33-4
RF Generator Subsystem
MODulation:DCAM:DVALue
MODulation:DCAM:DVALue
Description
Sets/queries the DC AM DAC VALue for RFG:MODE:DCAM selected as TCH LOWER,
‘BCCHLOWER’ or ‘BOTHLOWER’.
Syntax
RFGenerator:MODulation:DCAM:DVALue?
RFGenerator:MODualtion:DCAM:DVALue <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
MODulation:GMSK
Description
Selects/queries the state of GMSK modulation.
Syntax
RFGenerator:MODulation:GMSK?
RFGenerator:MODualtion:GMSK <string>
Options
’EXT’ | ’OFF’
Where;
• EXT means GMSK comes from external data and clock inputs.
• OFF means the RF output is an unmodulated carrier.
MODulation:PULSe
Description
Selects/queries the state of PULSe modulation.
Syntax
RFGenerator:MODulation:PULSe?
RFGenerator:MODualtion:PULSe <string>
Options
’EXT’ | ’HOP TRIG’ | ’OFF’
Where;
• EXT means PULSe modulation comes from an external (TTL) input.
• HOP TRIG means the RF output automatically pulses off (for a little while) during switching transients when an RF Generator hop trigger occurs.
• OFF means no PULSe modulation.
33-5
RF Generator Subsystem
MODulation:PULSe:MODE
MODulation:PULSe:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the pulse modulation level MODE.
Syntax
Options
RFGenerator:MODulation:PULSe:MODE?
RFGenerator:MODualtion:PULSe:MODE <string>
’NORMAL’ | ’30 DB’
Where;
• NORMAL means pulse off will be very far down.
• 30 DB means the RF envelope will usually be 30 dB higher than the selected amplitude and can be pulsed down to the selected amplitude setting.
OUTPut
Description
Selects/queries the selected OUTPut port for the RF Generator.
Syntax
Options
RFGenerator:OUTPut?
RFGenerator:OUTPut <string>
’RF IN/OUT’ | ’AUX RFOUT’
33-6
34
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
34-1
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
34-2
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
CONTrol
CONTrol
Description
Selects/queries whether or not the CBCH is being configured.
Syntax
Options
SMSCb:CONTrol?
SMSCb:CONTrol <string>?
‘ENABLED’ | ‘DISABLED’
MODE
Description
Selects/queries the Message Fields. ’ALL’ indicates that all the message attributes are editable. ’BASIC’ indicates that only the identifier attribute is editable.
Syntax
SMSCb:MODE?
SMSCb:MODE <string>
Options
’BASIC’ | ’ALL’
SEND
Description
Selects/queries the type of message that is being sent.
Syntax
SMSCb:SEND?
SMSCb:SEND <string>
Options
’NO MESSAGE’ | ’MESSAGE 1’ | ’MESSAGE 2’ |
’MESSAGES 1 & 2’
Where;
• ’NO MESSAGE’ indicates the CBCH is sending invalid messages.
• ’MESSAGE 1’ indicates the contents of Message 1 are being sent at 60 second intervals.
• ’MESSAGE 2’ indicates the contents of Message 2 are being sent at 30 second intervals.
• ’MESSAGES 1 & 2’ alternatively sends the contents of Message 1 and Message 2, with a 60 second interval between successive messages.
34-3
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
STATus
STATus
Description
Queries the status of the CBCH.
Syntax
Options
SMSCb:STATus?
Returns a value of; ’OFF’ | ’IDLE’ | ’SENDING’
Where;
• ’OFF’ indicates that a CBCH is not configured.
• ’IDLE’ indicates that invalid messages are being sent on the CBCH.
• ’SENDING’ indicates that valid messages are being sent on the CBCH.
MESS1 or MESS2:CODE
Description
Selects/queries the message type.
Syntax
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:CODE?
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:CODE <integer>
Options
Where <integer>=0 through 4095.
For message 1 the default is 0.
For message 2 the default is 4095.
MESS1 or MESS2:UPDate
Description
Selects/queries the revision of the message being sent.
Syntax
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:UPDate?
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:UPDate <integer>
Options
Where <integer>=0 through 15.
For message 1 the default is 0.
For message 2 the default is 15.
34-4
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
MESS1 or MESS2:IDENtifier
MESS1 or MESS2:IDENtifier
Description
Selects/queries the source of the message.
Syntax
Options
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:IDENtifier?
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:IDENtifier <integer>
Where <integer>=0 through 65535.
For message 1 the default is 0.
For message 2 the default is 0.
MESS1 or MESS2:LANGuage
Description
Selects/queries the data coding scheme for the message. ’DEFAULT GSM’ sets the value of the data coding scheme to 0xF0.
Syntax
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:LANGuage?
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:LANGuage <string>
Options
’GERMAN’ | ’ENGLISH’ | ’ITALIAN’ | ’FRENCH’ |
’SPANISH’ | ’DUTCH’ | ’SWEDISH’ | ’DANISH’ |
’PORTUGESE’ | ’FINNISH’ | ’NORWEGIAN’ | ’GREEK’ |
’TURKISH’ | ’DEFAULT GSM’
For message 1 the default is ’ENGLISH’.
For message 2 the default is ’GERMAN’.
34-5
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
MESS1 or MESS2:LANGuage
34-6
35
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
35-1
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
35-2
Continued Over
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
35-3
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
ATTenuator
ATTenuator
Description
Selects/queries the input ATTenuator GSM900 and EGSM900 selection. This is only valid when ATT1:MODE ’HOLD’ is selected, otherwise, automatic attenuator selection is done.
NOTE: This is only valid for CONFigure:RADio
’GSM900’ | ’EGSM’
Syntax
SANalyzer:ATTenuator?
SANalyzer:ATTenuator <string>?
Options
’0 dB’ | ’10 dB’ | ’20 dB’ |
’30 dB’ | ’40 dB’
ATTenuator:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the ATTenuator1 MODE selection.
Syntax
SANalyzer:ATTenuator:MODE?
SANalyzer:ATTenuator:MODE <string>?
Options
’AUTO’ | ’HOLD’
ATTenuator2
Description
Selects/queries the input ATTenuator DCS1800 and PCS1900 selection. This is only valid when ATT2:MODE ’HOLD’ is selected, otherwise, automatic attenuator selection is done.
NOTE: This is only valid for CONFigure:RADio
’DCS1800’ | ’PCS1900’
Syntax
SANalyzer:ATTenuator2?
SANalyzer:ATTenuator2 <string>?
Options
’0 dB’ | ‘5 dB’ | ’10 dB’ | ‘15 dB’ | ’20 dB’ |
‘25 dB’ | ’30 dB’ | ’35 dB’
35-4
ATTenuator:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the ATTenuator2 MODE selection.
Syntax
Options
SANalyzer:ATTenuator2:MODE?
SANalyzer:ATTenuator2:MODE <string>?
’AUTO’ | ’HOLD’
CFRequency
Description
Center FRequency setting (This is the same as RFA:FREQ).
Syntax
Options
SANalyzer:CFRequency?
SANalyzer:CFRequency <real>? | [:FNUM]
Refer to Appendix B.
MARKer:CFRequency
Description
Sets MARKer and signal to Center FRequency.
Syntax
Options
SANalyzer:MARKer:CFRequency
Not Applicable.
MARKer:NPEak
Description
Sets MARKer Next PEak.
Syntax
SANalyzer:MARKer:NPEak
Options
Not Applicable.
MARKer:PEAK
Description
Sets MARKer PEAK.
Syntax
Options
SANalyzer:MARKer:PEAK
Not Applicable.
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
ATTenuator:MODE
35-5
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
MARKer:POSition
MARKer:POSition
Description
Selects/queries the MARKer POSition setting.
Syntax
Options
SANalyzer:MARKer:POSition?
SANalyzer:MARKer:POSition <real> | [:FNUM]
Refer to Appendix B.
MARKer:RLEVel
Description
Sets MARKer and signal to Reference LEVel.
Syntax
Options
SANalyzer:MARKer:RLEVel
Not Applicable.
RLEVel1
Description
Reference LEVel for the RF IN/OUT port.
GPIB units are dBm, Volts (V) and Watts (W);
Default GPIB and display unit is dBm.
Syntax
SANalyzer:RLEVel1?
SANalyzer:RLEVel1 <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
RLEVel2
Description
Reference LEVel for the AUX RF IN port.
HP-IB units are dBm, Volts (V) and Watts (W);
Default GPIB and display unit is dBm.
Syntax
SANalyzer:RLEVel2?
SANalyzer:RLEVel2 <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
35-6
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
SPAN
SPAN
Description
SPAN setting.
Default GPIB units HZ;
Default and display unit is MHz.
Syntax
SANalyzer:SPAN?
SANalyzer:SPAN <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
TRACe:MHOLd
Description
Selects/queries the Spectrum Analyzer Max HOLd function for the TRACe as ON or Off.
Syntax
SANalyzer:TRACe:MHOLd?
SANalyzer:TRACe:MHOLd <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’.
VBWidth
Description
Selects/queries the Video Bandwidth selection.
Syntax
SANalyzer:VBWidth?
SANalyzer:VBWidth <string>
Options
‘30 kHz’ | ‘100 kHz’ | ‘1 MHz’.
35-7
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
VBWidth
35-8
36
Spectrum Analyzer Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
36-1
Spectrum Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
36-2
Spectrum Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:FREQuency
MARKer:FREQuency
Description
Queries the MARKer FREQuency MEASurement result.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are MHZ, kHZ, HZ;
Syntax
MEASure:SANalyzer:MARKer:FREQuency?
MEASure:SANalyzer:MARKer:FREQuency[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
MARKer:LEVel
Description
Queries the MARKer LEVel MEASurement result.
GPIB units are dBm, W.
default unit is dBm.
Display units are dBm, W, V, dBuV; default unit is dBm.
Syntax
MEASure:SANalyzer:MARKer:LEVel?
MEASure:SANalyzer:MARKer:LEVel[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
TRACe
Description
Queries the Spectrum Analyzer TRACe MEASurement result.
Syntax
Options
MEASure:SANalyzer:TRACe?
Not Applicable.
36-3
Spectrum Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
TRACe
36-4
37
Status Subsystem
37-1
Status Subsystem
37-2
Status Subsystem
Status Subsystem - Status Byte
Status Subsystem - Status Byte
The Status subsystem is used for setting and querying the various conditions of the instrument through the conditions set within the status byte. The following is a description of the states found with each of the parts within the status byte.
Status Byte Bit Definitions
7 - Operation Status Register
6 - RQS
5 - Standard Event Status Register
4 - MAV
3 - Questionable Data/Signal Status Register
1 - Hardware 2 Status Register
0 - Hardware 1 Status Register
Hardware 1 Status Register
Condition register bit definitions
7 - Communication Status Register Summary
6 - Power up tests failed
5 - Pulse On Trace RF Overload
(PULSe)
4 - Measurement Trigger too early
(DSPanalyzer, ORFSpectrum, PULSe)
3 - Measurement Trigger too late
(DSPanalyzer, ORFSpectrum, PULSe)
2 - Measurement Sync Error
(DSPanalyzer, ORFSpectrum, PULSe)
0 - Measurement armed
(DSPanalyzer, ORFSpectrum, PULSe)
37-3
Status Subsystem
Status Subsystem - Status Byte
Event register bit definitions
1 - Measurement Limit(s) Exceeded
8 - EMMI Status Register Event Summary
14 - OverPower Protection Tripped
Hardware 2 Status Register
Condition register bit definitions
2 - RF Frequency - change RF Gen Freq
1 - RF Src Level setting - change Ref Level, Input Port or Attenuator
(if using ”Hold”).”
0 - RF Analyzer Level setting - change RF Gen Amplitude, Output
Port or Atten Hold (if on).”
Questionable Data/Signal Status Register
The QUEStionable status register set contains bits which give an indication of the quality of various aspects of the signal/data.
A bit set in the condition register indicates that the data currently being acquired or generated is of questionable quality due to some condition affecting the parameter associated with that bit.
Condition register bit definitions
7 - CALibration Register Summary
Standard Event Status Register
Condition register bit definitions
5 - Command Error
4 - Execution Error
3 - Device Dependant Error
2 - Query Error
37-4
Status Subsystem
Status Subsystem - Status Byte
Event register bit definitions
7 - Power On Occurred
6 - User Request
1 - Request Control
0 - Operation Complete Occurred
Operation Status Register
The OPERation status register set contains conditions which are part of the instrument’s normal operation.
Condition register bit definitions
14 - PROGram running
Communication Status Register
Condition register bit definitions
3 - Protocol Processor Communication Channel Failure
2 - DSP Analyzer Communication Channel Failure
1 - Hop Controller Communication Channel Failure
0 - Communication failure with Signaling Board
CALibration Status Register
Condition register bit definitions
6 - Reference calibrate failure
5 - AGC Open Loop cal failure
3 - Voltmeter Self cal failure
2 - Counter Self cal failure
1 - Sampler Self cal failure
0 - Spectrum Analyzer Self cal failure
37-5
Status Subsystem
Status Subsystem - Status Byte
NOTE
EMMI Status Register
Event register bit definitions
3 - Response timeout
2 - Mobile XON timeout
1 - NAK
0 - ACK
The STATus:EMMI:EVENt? queries the EMMI STATus buffer. When an EMMI:DATA
<data entry> occurs, one of the above bits will be set. Reading the status will clear all bits, subsequently setting the EMMI status to idle. Based on the above bits, the status buffer will return one of five numbers indicating the status of the last EMMI message sent by the
Agilent 8922M.
0 - There was no data sent since that last status check and there were no events to report, or the last EMMI:DATA <data entry> had improper format.
1 - A message was received and acknowledged by the mobile station.
Important: this does not mean that the mobile was able to understand or perform the operation (ACK received).
2 - The Agilent 8922M attempted to send a message, but the mobile station did not receive the message intact (NAK received).
4 - EMMI data was sent, but the XON timeout expired before the acknowledge was received (EMMI:TIMEout:MS:XON).
8 - EMMI data was sent, but the Response timeout expired
(EMMI:TIMEout:MS:RESPonse).
This register is not available in the Agilent 8922S.
Condition register bits will hold their state until the condition changes. Event register bits will be cleared as soon as they are read.
37-6
Status Subsystem
CONDition
CONDition
Description
Queries the contents of the CONDition register associated with the status structure defined in the command.
Syntax
CONDition?
Options
Not Applicable
ENABle
Description
Sets/queries the ENABle mask which allows true conditions in the event register to be reported in the summary bit. If a bit is 1 in the enable register and its associated event bit transitions to true, a positive transition will occur in the associated summary bit.
Syntax
ENABle?
ENABle <integer>
Options
The integer number can be changed using :INCRement command.
[EVENt]
Description
Queries the contents of the EVENt register associated with the status structure defined in the command.
Syntax
Options
[EVENt]?
Not Applicable
NTRanistion
Description
Sets/queries the Negative TRansition filter. Setting a bit in the negative transition filter causes a 1 to 0 transition in the corresponding bit of the associated CONDition register to cause a 1 to be written in the associated bit of the corresponding EVENt register.
Syntax
NTRanistion?
NTRanistion <integer>
Options
The integer number can be changed using :INCRement command.
37-7
Status Subsystem
PTRanistion
PTRanistion
Description
Sets/queries the Positive TRansition filter. Setting a bit in the positive transition filter causes a 0 to 1 transition in the corresponding bit of the associated CONDition register to cause a 1 to be written in the associated bit of the corresponding EVENt register.
Syntax
PTRanistion?
PTRanistion <integer>
Options
The integer number can be changed using :INCRement command.
PRESet
Description
PRESet configures the status data structures such that device-dependent events are reported through the status-reporting mechanism. The preset command affects only the enable register and transition filter registers. (Presets all registers except event status registers, service request enable register, event status enable register and condition register bits.)
Syntax
Options
PRESet
Not Applicable
37-8
38
System Subsystem
38-1
System Subsystem
SYSTem[:ERRor]
SYSTem[:ERRor]
Description
Queries the SYSTem ERRor queue. This returns an error number and a corresponding quoted message string separated by a comma. Once the error is queried, it is removed from the queue. If the error queue becomes full, then the earliest messages are removed.
Example: if a command parameter is given that is out of range, then SYST:ERR? will return:
-200,”Execution error;Parameter value out of range.”
Syntax
SYSTem[:ERRor]?
Options
Not Applicable.
38-2
39
Tests Subsystem
39-1
Tests Subsystem
39-2
Tests Subsystem
COMMent1
COMMent1
Description
Sets/Queries the first line of the comment field. This field describes the test procedure file.
Syntax
Options
TESTs:COMMent1?
TEST:COMM1?
TESTs:COMMent1 <string>
TEST:COMM1 <string>
The string to be a quoted string of no more than 50 characters.
For example:
OUTPUT Uut;”TEST:COMM1 ‘This procedure performs full parametric testing’”
COMMent2
Description
Sets/Queries the second line of the comment field. This field describes the test procedure file.
Syntax
TESTs:COMMent2?
TEST:COMM2?
TESTs:COMMent2 <string>
TEST:COMM2 <string>
Options
The string to be a quoted string of no more than 50 characters.
For example:
OUTPUT Uut;”TEST:COMM2 ‘of GSM Mobiles’”
CONFigure?
Description
Queries the external instrument configuration as defined in the edit configuration screen of the tests subsystem.
Syntax
TESTS:CONFigure? <n>
Options
Where <n> is the instrument number (inst#) and is from 1 to 14.
39-3
Tests Subsystem
EXECution:DESTination
EXECution:DESTination
Description
Sets/Queries the output destination field for the test results. The test results can be output to the CRT or printer. A printer must be correctly configured in order to get a printout.
Syntax
TESTs:EXECution:DESTination?
TEST:EXEC:DEST?
TESTs:EXECution:DESTination <string>
TEST:EXEC:DEST <string>
Options
‘CRT’ | ‘PRINTER’
For Example;
Output Uut;”TEST:EXEC:DEST ‘PRINTER’”
Output Uut;”TEST:EXEC:DEST ‘CRT’”
EXECution:FAILure
Description
Sets/Queries the Unit Under Test (UUT) failure mode. This allows the user to either continue or stop the test when the test results fail to meet test specified limits. When the continue option is selected, the error is listed to the printout or CRT depending on which option has previously been chosen.
Syntax
TESTs:FAILure?
TEST:FAIL?
TESTs:FAILure <string>
TEST:FAIL <string>
Options
‘STOP’ | ‘CONTINUE’
Where;
STOP
means that the test will stop running whenever the UUT fails to meet test specification limits.
CONTINUE
means that the test will continue even though the UUT has failed to meet test specification limits.
39-4
EXECution:HEADing1
Description
Sets/Queries the first line of the output heading field.
Syntax
Options
TESTs:EXECution:HEADing1?
TEST:EXEC:HEAD1?
TESTs:EXECution:HEADing1 <string>
TEST:EXEC:HEAD1 <string>
A quoted string of no more than 50 characters.
EXECution:HEADing2
Description
Sets/Queries the second line of the output heading field.
Syntax
Options
TESTs:EXECution:HEADing2?
TEST:EXEC:HEAD2?
TESTs:EXECution:HEADing2 <string>
TEST:EXEC:HEAD1 <string>
A quoted string of no more than 50 characters.
Tests Subsystem
EXECution:HEADing1
39-5
Tests Subsystem
EXECution:RESults
EXECution:RESults
Description
Sets/Queries the output results sent to the output device (CRT/Printer).
Syntax
TESTs:EXECution:RESults?
TEST:EXEC:RES?
TESTs:EXECution:RESults <string>
TEST:EXEC:RES <string>
Options
‘ALL’ | ‘FAILURES’
Where;
ALL
All test results are shown on the output device (CRT and/or printer).
Printouts include a “banner” listing the test conditions, measured values, lower and upper limits, and whether the test passed or failed.
The
Comment
field is shown at the top along with any identifying information from the
Output Heading
field. Date, and time is also output.
FAILURE
Test results are shown only when a UUT failure or software error occurs. Printouts include a “banner” listing the test conditions, measured values, and lower and upper limits of the failed test. The
Comment
field and any identifying information from the
Output
Heading
field is also output.
39-6
Tests Subsystem
EXECution:RUN
EXECution:RUN
Description
Sets/Queries the test running mode. It enables the test to be run continuously or paused after each test.
Syntax
TESTs:EXECution:RUN?
TEST:EXEC:RUN?
TESTs:EXECution:RUN <string>
TEST:EXEC:RUN <string>
Options
‘CONTINUOUS’ | ‘SINGLE STEP’
Where;
CONTINUOUS
All tests run in sequence. Testing pauses only if the operator is required to interact with the UUT or Agilent 8922M/S; interaction such as changing UUT channels, changing audio level, and so forth, cause testing to pause.
SINGLE STEP
The program stops running at the completion of each test. The testsystem operator is prompted to select Continue to proceed with testing.
FREQuency?
Description
Queries the test RX and TX frequency.
Syntax
TESTs:FREQuency? <n>
TEST:FREQ? <n>
Options
Where <n> is the channel number of the frequency being queried. <n> is from 1 to 50
39-7
Tests Subsystem
LIBRary?
LIBRary?
Description
Queries the test library information
Syntax
TESTs:LIBRary?
TEST:LIBR?
Options
This query returns the following;
[NO LIB] or Current
Name
Returns the current name of the Library file being used or, if no library is being used, [NO LIB] is returned.
Where From
Returns the location of the library file (for example: CARD, DISK).
Date
Returns the date when the library file was created.
PARMameter?
Description
Queries the test parameters for a given parameter number.
Syntax
TESTs:PARMameter? <n>
TEST:PARM? <n>
Options
Where <n> is the parameter number (Parm#). <n> is from 1 to the last Parameter number defined in the test procedure.
For example;
OUTPUT UUT;”TEST:PARM? 5”
PROCedure:AUTOstart
Description
Sets/Queries the autostart state. This allows the Agilent 8922M/S to go straight to the procedure menu each time the instrument is powered up, providing a Memory Card is inserted in the front panel.
Syntax
TESTs:PROCedure:AUTOstart?
TEST:PROC:AUTO?
TESTs:PROCedure:AUTOstart <string>
TEST:PROC:AUTO <string>
Options
‘OFF’ | ‘ON’
39-8
Tests Subsystem
PROCedure:LOCation
PROCedure:LOCation
Description
Sets/Queries the location from where the Test Procedure can be found.
Syntax
Options
TESTs:PROCedure:LOCation?
TEST:PROC:LOC?
TESTs:PROCedure:LOCation <string>
TEST:PROC:LOC <string>
‘CARD’ | ‘ROM’ | ‘RAM’ | ‘DISK’
PROCedure:NAME
Description
Sets/Queries the name of the test procedure to be downloaded.
Syntax
Options
TESTs:PROCedure:NAME?
TEST:PROC:NAME?
TESTs:PROCedure:NAME <string>
TEST:PROC:NAME <string>
The Test Procedure filename is no be more than 9 characters long.
PROCedure:PRINt:CONFigure
Description
Prints out the test edit configuration to the current device selected.
Syntax
Options
TESTs:PROCedure:PRINt:CONFigure
TEST:PROC:PRIN:CONF
Not Applicable
PROCedure:PRINt:FREQuency
Description
Prints out all the Test Procedure frequencies as defined in the Test edit frequency screen.
Syntax
Options
TESTs:PROCedure:PRINt:FREQuency
TEST:PROC:PRIN:FREQ
Not Applicable
39-9
Tests Subsystem
PROCedure:PRINt:PARameter
PROCedure:PRINt:PARameter
Description
Prints out all the Test Procedure parameters
Syntax
Options
TESTs:PROCedure:PRINt:PARameter
TEST:PROC:PRIN:PAR
Not Applicable
PROCedure:PRINt:SEQuence
Description
Prints out all the test name descriptions for all of the Step numbers.
Syntax
Options
TESTs:PROCedure:PRINt:SEQuence
TEST:PROC:PRIN:SEQ
Not Applicable
PROCedure:PRINt:SPEC
Description
Prints out all the Test Procedure Specifications.
Syntax
Options
TESTs:PROCedure:PRINt:SPEC
TEST:PROC:PRIN:SPEC
Not Applicable
PROCedure:RUN
Description
Runs the current test procedure.
Syntax
Options
TESTs:PROCedure:RUN
TEST:PROC:RUN
Not Applicable
39-10
Tests Subsystem
SEQNumber?
SEQNumber?
Description
Queries the test number that has been set for a particular sequence number. This is also defined in the Test edit sequence screen.
Syntax
TESTs:SEQNumber? <n>
TEST:SEQN? <n>
Options
Where <n> is the Step Number (Step#). <n> is from 1 to 50
SPEC?
Description
Queries the test specification limits for a given Step number.
Syntax
TESTs:SPEC? <n>
TEST:SPEC? <n>
Options
Where <n> is step number being queried. <n> is from 1 to the last step defined. The returned query gives the step number, specification and whether it is an Upper or Lower limit.
39-11
Tests Subsystem
SPEC?
39-12
40
Trigger Subsystem
40-1
Trigger Subsystem
40-2
Continued Over
Trigger Subsystem
40-3
Trigger Subsystem
ABORt
NOTE
ABORt
Description
ABORts TRIGgering of a measurement that has been triggered using TRIGger:IMMediate.
Syntax
Options
TRIGger:ABORt
Not Applicable.
ABORt, [:IMMediate], and MODE are remote-only commands and apply to the following types of measurements: AF Analyzer, CW Meas, OSCilloscope, and SANalyzer.
NOTE
ASTate
Description
Selects/queries the Arm STate of the currently selected measurement. This command is used for all appropriate measurements listed in the MEASure subsystem.
Syntax
TRIGger:ASTate?
TRIGger:ASTate <string>
Options
’ARM’ | ’DISARM’
ASTate, SOURce, MODE[:DSPanalyzer] and UMEMory apply to the following types of measurements: DSPanalyzer - Phase, Amplitude, Data Bits PULSe - Pulse On/Off Ratio
ORFSpectrum - Output RF Spectrum DELay and HTCH apply to Digital Demod and Bit
Error Test as well as the above measurements.
BETest
Description
Selects/queries the TRIGger for Bit Error Test measurements for local operation.
Syntax
Options
TRIGger:BETest?
TRIGger:BETest <string>
’SINGLE’ | ’CONT’
Where;
• SINGLE means each Bit Error Test measurement will just be made once (based on each measurement’s definition of number of bits to make the measurement over).
• CONT means make each Bit Error Test measurement continuously, repeatedly, copying Intermediate results into Complete results as one or more of the termination conditions are met.
40-4
Trigger Subsystem
BETest:MODE
BETest:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the Bit Error Test measurement TRIGger MODE.
Syntax
Options
TRIGger:BETest:MODE?
TRIGger:BETest:MODE <string>
’RUN’ | ’STOP’
Where;
• RUN initializes the Bit Error Test measurements to start and starts all Bit Error Test measurements.
• STOP Bit Error Test measurements - this is useful in aborting long Bit Error Test measurements.
DDEMod:ADJMode
Description
Selects/queries the Digital DEMod TRIGger ADJust Mode. Trigger adjust mode enables the user to change TRIG:DEL even while Demod is armed. Some Demod triggers will be missed while changing trigger delay.
Syntax
TRIGger:DDEMod:ADJMode?
TRIGger:DDEMod:ADJMode <string>
Options
’ENABLED’ | ’DISABLED’
DDEMod:ASTate
Description
Selects/queries the Arm STate of the Digital DEMod TRIGger. Must be on digital demod, cell configuration or cell control screens to Arm Digital Demod.
Syntax
TRIGger:DDEMod:ASTate?
TRIGger:DDEMod:ASTate <string>
Options
’ARM’ | ’DISARM’
40-5
Trigger Subsystem
DDEMod:SOURce
DDEMod:SOURce
Description
Selects/queries the Digital DEMod TRIGger SOURce.
Syntax
Options
TRIGger:DDEMod:SOURce?
TRIGger:DDEMod:SOURce <string>
’EXT MEAS’ | ’EXT DEMOD’ | ’RF RISE’
Where;
• EXT DEMOD means Demod is triggered from an external trigger signal that is normally intended for doing Demod.
• RF RISE means the measurement is triggered automatically when a rising edge is detected on the RF envelope of the input.
• EXT MEAS means Demod is triggered from an external trigger signal that is normally intended for doing measurements.
DELay
Description
Sets/queries the TRIGger DELay. This applies to measurements as well as Digital Demod.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T).
Default GPIB unit is seconds (S).
Default display unit is bit periods (T).
Syntax
TRIGger:DELay?
TRIGger:DELay <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
HTCH
Description
Selects/queries the Hopped TCH ARFCN Trigger control. This only applies when
TCH:MODE is ’HOPPED’ and the Cell Configuration is ’ACTIVATED’ and the radio has been assigned to a TCH channel.
Syntax
TRIGger:HTCH?
TRIGger:HTCH <string>
Options
’SPECIFIC’ | ’AUTO’
40-6
Trigger Subsystem
HTCH:ARFCn[:SPECific]
HTCH:ARFCn[:SPECific]
Description
Sets/queries the SPECific ARFCn to use for a Hopping TCH measurement when
TRIGger:TCH is set to ‘SPECific’.
Syntax
TRIGger:HTCH:ARFCn[:SPECific]?
TRIGger:HTCH:ARFCn[:SPECific] <integer>
Options
Not Applicable.
HTCH:ARFCn:AUTO
Description
Queries the ARFCn that is being used for a Hopping TCH measurement when
TRIGger:TCH is set to ’AUTO’. This value is the lowest ARFCN in the currently used MA table (MA1 or MA2).
Syntax
Options
TRIGger:HTCH:ARFCn:AUTO?
Not Applicable.
NOTE
[:IMMediate]
Description
IMMediately TRIGgers the currently active measurement.
Syntax
TRIGger[:IMMediate]
Options
Not Applicable.
ABORt, [:IMMediate], and MODE are remote-only commands and apply to the following types of measurements: AF Analyzer, CW Meas, OSCilloscope, and SANalyzer.
40-7
Trigger Subsystem
MODE[:DSP]
NOTE
MODE[:DSP]
Description
Selects/queries the DSP TRIGger MODE as SINGLE or CONTinuous. This is used for
Phase, Amplitude, Output RF Spectrum, Pulse On/Off Ratio and Data Bits measurements.
Syntax
TRIGger:MODE[:DSP]?
TRIGger:MODE[:DSP] <string>
Options
’SINGLE’ | ’CONT’
In CONTinues mode, the user does not manually arm the instrument, but must provide a trigger in order for the measurement to complete.
NOTE
This command is valid in both local and remote modes.
MODE:RETRigger
Description
Selects/queries the RETRigger MODE for the currently active measurement. Default setting is REPetitive.
Syntax
TRIGger:MODE:RETRigger?
TRIGger:MODE:RETRigger <string>
Options
’SINGLE’ | ’REPETITIVE’
CAUTION:
The remote-only command will override local triggering commands for continuous
(repetitive) and single settings for AF Analyzer, CW Meas, OSCilloscope, and SANalyzer.
40-8
Trigger Subsystem
SOURce
SOURce
Description
Selects/queries the measurement TRIGger SOURce.
Syntax
Options
TRIGger:SOURce?
TRIGger:SOURce <string>
’EXT MEAS’ | ’EXT DEMOD’ | ’RF RISE’
Where;
• EXT MEAS means the measurement is triggered from an external trigger signal that is normally intended for doing measurements.
• RF RISE means the measurement is triggered automatically when a rising edge is detected on the RF envelope of the input.
• EXT DEMOD means the measurement is triggered from an external trigger signal that is normally intended for doing demod.
UMEMory:SOURce
Description
Selects/queries the USE MEM (Use MEMory) TRIGger SOURce.
Syntax
Options
TRIGger:UMEMory:SOURce?
TRIGger:UMEMory:SOURce <string>
’EXTERNAL’ | ’BAD SYNC’
Where;
• BAD SYNC means that the UMEMory (USE MEM) memory will be automatically filled when the Demod Sync Status changes from ’No Error’ to ’Bad Sync’
(DDEMod:SYNC:SSTatus?).
• EXTERNAL means that the UMEMory (USE MEM) memory will be automatically filled when an external line on the SYSTEM BUS connector on the rear panel is in a particular state when a valid demod trigger occurs.
40-9
Trigger Subsystem
UMEMory:STATus
UMEMory:STATus
Description
Queries the current STAT e of the memory.
Syntax
Options
TRIGger:UMEMory:STATe?
Returns ’No Data’ | ’New Data’ | ’Old Data’.
Where;
• NO DATA means that the UMEMory (USE MEM) memory contains no valid data.
• NEW DATA means that the UMEMory (USE MEM) memory contains newly captured data from the most recent time demod was armed (TRIGger:DDEMod:ASTate ’ARM’) and bad synchronization occurred (midamble did not exactly match the bits in the defined midamble).
• OLD DATA means that the UMEMory (USE MEM) memory contains previously captured data from a previous time demod was armed (TRIGger:DDEMod:ASTate
’ARM’) or from a previous DSP analyzer, Output RF Spectrum or Pulse On/Off Ratio measurement (TRIGger:ASTate ’ARM’).
40-10
A
Appendix A - [:INUM] - Integer Numeric
Fields
Optional commands that apply to Integer Numeric Entry fields.
A-1
Appendix A - [:INUM] - Integer Numeric Fields
INCRement
Sets and queries the field’s current INCRement value.
INCRement <UP | DOWN | (value)>
INCRement <value> sets the field INCRement value. INCR UP or
INCR DOWN cause the field to be modified up or down by the current INCRement value.
A-2
B
Appendix B - [:FNUM] - Floating Point
Numeric Fields
Optional commands that apply to Floating Point Numeric Entry fields.
B-1
Appendix B - [:FNUM] - Floating Point Numeric Fields
B-2
Appendix B - [:FNUM] - Floating Point Numeric Fields
Commands
Commands
UNITs
DUNits
INCRement
INCRement:
DUNits
INCRement:
MODE
INCRement:
MULTiply
INCRement:
DIVide
UNITs?
UNITs <GPIB unit>
Sets/queries the GPIB fundamental UNITs that the floating point number queries will be returned in.
DUNits?
DUNits <measurement unit>
Sets/queries the Displayed UNits on the front panel for the given floating point number.
INCRement?
Queries the field’s current INCRement value.
INCRement <UP | DOWN | (value) [units]>
INCRement <value> sets the field INCRement value. INCR UP or INCR DOWN cause the field to be modified up or down by the current INCRement value.
INCRement:DUNits?
INCRement:DUNits <increment unit>
Sets/queries the Displayed UNits on the front panel for the field’s increment setting.
INCRement:MODE?
INCRement:MODE ‘LINear’ | ‘LOGarithm’
Sets/queries the MODE of INCRement value to be in either LINear or LOGarithmic
(displayed in dB) steps.
INCRement:MULTiply
MULTiplies the INCRement value by 10.
INCRement:DIVide
DIVides the INCRement value by 10.
B-3
Appendix B - [:FNUM] - Floating Point Numeric Fields
Commands
B-4
C
Appendix C - [:FNUM-MOD] - Floating Point
Numeric (less MODE)
Optional commands that apply to Floating Point Numeric Entry fields. These commands are the same as Appendix B except they do not include INCR:MODE command.
C-1
Appendix C - [:FNUM-MOD] - Floating Point Numeric (less MODE)
C-2
Appendix C - [:FNUM-MOD] - Floating Point Numeric (less MODE)
Commands
Commands
UNITs
DUNits
INCRement
INCRement:
DUNits
INCRement:
MULTiply
INCRement:
DIVide
UNITs?
UNITs <GPIB unit>
Sets/queries the GPIB fundamental UNITs that the floating point number queries will be returned in.
DUNits?
DUNits <measurement unit>
Sets/queries the Displayed UNits on the front panel for the given floating point number.
INCRement?
Queries the field’s current INCRement value.
INCRement <UP | DOWN | (value) [units]>
INCRement <value> sets the field INCRement value. INCR UP or INCR DOWN cause the field to be modified up or down by the current INCRement value.
INCRement:DUNits?
INCRement:DUNits <increment unit>
Sets/queries the Displayed UNits on the front panel for the field’s increment setting.
INCRement:MULTiply
MULTiplies the INCRement value by 10.
INCRement:DIVide
DIVides the INCRement value by 10.
C-3
Appendix C - [:FNUM-MOD] - Floating Point Numeric (less MODE)
Commands
C-4
D
Appendix D - [:MM] - Measurement Fields
The following list of optional commands that control Measurement field functions. These attributes are listed here in hierarchal relationship. Included are commands for state, units, low limits and high limits, and reference.
D-1
Appendix D - [:MM] - Measurement Fields
D-2
Appendix D - [:MM] - Measurement Fields
Commands
STATe
UNITs
DUNits
AUNits
HLIMit
HLIMit:
DUNits
HLIMit:
EXCeeded
HLIMit:
RESet
HLIMit:
STATe
HLIMit
[:VALue]
LLIMit
Commands
STATe?
STATeON | OFF | 1 | 0
Selects/queries the STATe of the measurement to be ON or OFF.
Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0
UNITs?
UNITs <GPIB measurement unit>
Sets/queries the GPIB fundamental UNITs that measurement queries will be returned in.
DUNits?
DUNits <measurement unit>
Sets/queries the Displayed UNits on the front panel for the given measurement.
AUNits?
AUNits <GPIB attribute unit>
Sets/queries the GPIB fundamental UNITs that measurement Attribute queries (e.g., low limit, high limit, etc.) are returned in.
HLIMit
High LIMit measurement information.
HLIMit:DUNits?
HLIMit:DUNits
Sets/Queries the measurement High LIMit Displayed UNits.
<measurement unit>
HLIMit:EXCeeded?
Queries whether the High LIMit for the measurement was EXCeeded.
HLIMit:RESet
RESet the High LIMit exceeded state so that new limit data can be acquired.
HLIMit:STATe?
HLIMit:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the High LIMit STATe. Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
[:VALue]?
[:VALue] <numeric value>
Sets/queries the measurement High LIMit VALue.
LLIMit
Low LIMit measurement information.
D-3
Appendix D - [:MM] - Measurement Fields
Commands
LLIMit:
DUNits
LLIMit:
EXCeeded
LLIMit:
RESet
LLIMit:
STATe
LLIMit
[:VALue]
REFerence
REFerence:
DUNits
REFerence:
STATe
REFerence
[:VALue]
LLIMit:DUNits?
LLIMit:DUNits <measurement unit>
Sets/Queries the measurement Low LIMit Displayed UNits.
LLIMit:EXCeeded?
Queries whether the Low LIMit for the measurement was EXCeeded.
LLIMit:RESet
RESet the Low LIMit exceeded state so that new limit data can be acquired.
LLIMit:STATe?
LLIMit:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the Low LIMit STATe. Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
[:VALue]?
[:VALue] <numeric value>
Sets/queries the measurement Low LIMit VALue.
REFerence
Measurement REFerence information.
REFerence:DUNits?
REFerence:DUNits <measurement unit>
Sets/queries the REFerence Displayed UNits on the front panel for the given measurement.
REFerence:STATe
REFerence:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the REFerence STATe. Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
REFerence[:VALue]?
REFerence[:VALue][<numeric value>]
Sets/queries the measurement REFerence VALue. If no <numeric value> is specified, then the REFerence VALue will be set to the current measurement result.
D-4
E
Appendix E - [:MM-MOD] - Measurement
Fields (less UNITs, DUNits, AUNits)
The following list of optional commands that control Measurement field functions. These attributes are listed here in hierarchal relationship. Included are commands for state, units, low limits and high limits, and reference. These commands are the same as those for Appendix D except for UNITs, DUNits and
AUNits.
E-1
Appendix E - [:MM-MOD] - Measurement Fields (less UNITs, DUNits, AUNits)
E-2
Appendix E - [:MM-MOD] - Measurement Fields (less UNITs, DUNits, AUNits)
Commands
STATe
HLIMit
HLIMit:
EXCeeded
HLIMit:
RESet
HLIMit:
STATe
HLIMit
[:VALue]
LLIMit
LLIMit:
EXCeeded
LLIMit:
RESet
LLIMit:
STATe
LLIMit
[:VALue]
REFerence
Commands
STATe?
STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Selects/queries the STATe of the measurement to be ON or OFF.
Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0
HLIMit
High LIMit measurement information.
HLIMit:EXCeeded?
Queries whether the High LIMit for the measurement was EXCeeded.
HLIMit:RESet
RESet the High LIMit exceeded state so that new limit data can be acquired.
HLIMit:STATe?
HLIMit:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the High LIMit STATe. Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
[:VALue]?
[:VALue] <numeric value>
Sets/queries the measurement High LIMit VALue.
LLIMit
Low LIMit measurement information.
LLIMit:EXCeeded?
Queries whether the Low LIMit for the measurement was EXCeeded.
LLIMit:RESet
RESet the Low LIMit exceeded state so that new limit data can be acquired.
LLIMit:STATe?
LLIMit:STATe
Sets/queries the Low LIMit STATe. Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
ON | OFF | 1 | 0
[:VALue]?
[:VALue] <numeric value>
Sets/queries the measurement Low LIMit VALue.
REFerence
Measurement REFerence information.
E-3
Appendix E - [:MM-MOD] - Measurement Fields (less UNITs, DUNits, AUNits)
Commands
REFerence:
STATe
REFerence
[:VALue]
REFerence:STATe?
REFerence:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the REFerence STATe. Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
REFerence[:VALue]?
REFerence[:VALue] [<numeric value>]
Sets/queries the measurement REFerence VALue. If no <numeric value> is specified, then the REFerence VALue will be set to the current measurement result.
E-4
F
Appendix F - [:AVG] - Measurement Fields
Using Averaging
The following list of optional commands that apply to measurement fields that use averaging. These attributes are listed here in hierarchal relationship.
F-1
Appendix F - [:AVG] - Measurement Fields Using Averaging
F-2
Appendix F - [:AVG] - Measurement Fields Using Averaging
Commands
AVERage
AVERage:
RESet
AVERage:
STATe
AVERage
[:VALue]
Commands
AVERage
MEASurement AVERage commands. NOTE : These are only useful for continuous measurements.
AVERage:RESet
RESet the AVERaged measurement result to begin giving measurement results from the first measurement up to the number if measurements given by
<measurement>:AVERage:VALue.
AVERage:STATe?
AVERage:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the AVERage STATe.
Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
ON allows display of the average value of the number of measurements given in
<measurement>:AVERage:VALue
[:VALue]?
[:VALue] <numeric value>
Sets/queries the number (VALue) of measurements to be used in calculating the
AVERaged measurement result.
F-3
Appendix F - [:AVG] - Measurement Fields Using Averaging
Commands
F-4
G
Appendix G - [:MET] - Measurement Fields
Using Meters
The following is a list of optional commands that apply to measurement fields that use meters. These attributes are listed here in hierarchal relationship.
G-1
Appendix G - [:MET] - Measurement Fields Using Meters
G-2
Appendix G - [:MET] - Measurement Fields Using Meters
Commands
METer
METer:
HEND
METer:
DUNits
METer:
INTerval
METer:
LEND
METer:
LEND:
DUNits
METer:
STATe
Commands
METer
METer commands. NOTE : These are only useful for continuous measurements.
METer:HEND?
METer:HEND <numeric value>
Sets/queries the High END value to display on the METer for the measurement.
METer:DUNits?
METer:DUNits <meter display unit>
Sets/queries the measurement METer High END Displayed UNits.
METer:INTerval?
METer:INTerval <numeric value>
Sets/queries the number of INTervals to display on the METer between the low end and high end for the measurement.
METer:LEND?
METer:LEND <numeric value>
Sets/queries the Low END value to display on the METer for the measurement.
METer:LEND:DUNits?
METer:LEND:DUNits <meter display unit>
Sets/Queries the measurement METer Low END Displayed UNits.
METer:STATe?
METer:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the METer STATe.
Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
G-3
Appendix G - [:MET] - Measurement Fields Using Meters
Commands
G-4
H
Appendix H - [:MULTI-B] - Measurement
Fields Using Multi-Burst
The syntax diagram below lists the optional commands that can be used with multi-burst measurements.
H-1
Appendix H - [:MULTI-B] - Measurement Fields Using Multi-Burst
H-2
Appendix H - [:MULTI-B] - Measurement Fields Using Multi-Burst
Commands
MBURst:
MINimum
MBURst:
MAXimum
MBURst:
MEAN
MBURst:
LAST
MBURst:
WORSt
Commands
Returns the minimum value of a measurement over the number of bursts that have been requested. The full syntax is;
MBURst:MINimum | [:MM]
Returns the maximum value of a measurement over the number of bursts that have been requested. The full syntax is;
MBURst:MAXimum | [:MM]
Returns the average value of the measurement over the number of bursts that have been requested. The full syntax is;
MBURst:MEAN | [:MM]
Returns the value of the requested measurement in the last burst of the number of bursts that have been requested. The full syntax is;
MBURst:LAST | [:MM]
Returns the highest value of the maximum and minimum values across all the bursts made during the multi-burst measurement. Note that the absolute value of the maximum and minimum values are taken (that is, negative values become positive). The full syntax is;
MBURst:WORSt | [:MM]
H-3
Appendix H - [:MULTI-B] - Measurement Fields Using Multi-Burst
Commands
H-4

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement
Key features
- Comprehensive command reference
- GPIB programming examples
- Detailed subsystem descriptions
- Command syntax diagrams
- Support for GSM 900
- Cell configuration and control
- Audio frequency analysis
- Bit error testing
- CW testing
- Flexible display options